When we disconnect from a phy, we should forget our pointer to it so we
don't accidentally try to configure it. We handle a NULL phy pointer
correctly in most places, except fec_enet_set_pauseparam(). Fix this
too.
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fep->phy_dev can not be NULL here for two reasons:
- fec_enet_open() will have successfully connected the phy, or will have
failed.
- fec_enet_open() will have called phy_start(fep->phy_dev), which
unconditionally dereferences this pointer.
If it were to be NULL here, then fec_enet_open() will have already
oopsed.
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use netif_stop_queue() in several places where we want to ensure that
the start_xmit function is not running. netif_stop_queue() is not
sufficient to achieve that - it merely sets a flag to indicate that the
transmit queue(s) should not be run.
netif_tx_disable() gives this guarantee, since it takes the transmit
queue lock while marking the queue stopped. This will wait for the
transmit function to complete before returning.
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While running: while :; do iperf -c <HOST> -P 4; done, transmit timeouts
are regularly reported. With the tx ring dumping in place, we can see
that all entries are in use, and the hardware has finished transmitting
these packets. However, the driver has not reclaimed these ring
entries.
This can occur if the interrupt handler is invoked at the wrong moment -
eg:
CPU0 CPU1
fec_enet_tx()
interrupt, IEVENT = FEC_ENET_TXF
FEC_ENET_TXF cleared
napi_schedule_prep()
napi_complete()
The result is that we clear the transmit interrupt, but we don't trigger
any cleaning of the transmit ring. Instead, use a different strategy:
- When receiving a transmit or receive interrupt, disable both tx and rx
interrupts, but do not acknowledge them. Schedule a napi poll. Don't
loop.
- When we are polled, read IEVENT, acknowledging the pending transmit
and receive interrupts, before then going on to process the
appropriate rings.
This allows us to avoid the race, and has a number of other advantages:
- we cut down on the number of transmit interrupts we have to process.
- we only look at the rings which have pending events.
- we gain additional throughput: the iperf total bandwidth increases
from about 180Mbps to 240Mbps:
[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 68.1 MBytes 57.0 Mbits/sec
[ 5] 0.0-10.0 sec 72.4 MBytes 60.5 Mbits/sec
[ 4] 0.0-10.1 sec 76.1 MBytes 63.5 Mbits/sec
[ 6] 0.0-10.1 sec 71.9 MBytes 59.9 Mbits/sec
[SUM] 0.0-10.1 sec 288 MBytes 241 Mbits/sec
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting the pause parameters causes a running network interface to be
restarted. However, the restart forces the FEC into half-duplex mode,
whether or not the remote end is in half-duplex mode. Misconfigured
duplex mode is a known source of problems on a link.
Fix this by always preserving the duplex mode on configuration changes.
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The iMX6 gigabit FEC does not support half-duplex gigabit operation.
Phys attacked to the FEC may support this, and we currently do nothing
to disable this feature. This may result in an invalid configuration.
Mask out phy support for gigabit half-duplex operation.
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In vxlan and OVS vport-vxlan call common function to get source port
for a UDP tunnel. Removed vxlan_src_port since the functionality is
now in udp_flow_src_port.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for Wake-on-LAN using Magic Packet with or without SecureOn
password is implemented doing the following:
- setting the password to the relevant UniMAC registers
- flagging the device as a wakeup source for the system, as well as
its Wake-on-LAN interrupt
- prepare the hardware for entering WoL mode
- enabling the MPD interrupt to wake us
The Device Tree binding documentation is also reflected to specify the
third optional Wake-on-LAN interrupt line.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This boolean tells us whether we are using the RXCHK hardware block,
so use a variable name that reflects that. RXCHK might be used in the
future to implement Wake-on-LAN using ARP or unicast packets.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the hardware recommended suspend/resume procedure for
SYSTEMPORT. We leverage the previous factoring work such that we can
logically break all suspend/resume operations into disctint RX and TX
code paths.
When the system enters S3, we will loose all register contents, so
make sure that we correctly re-program all the hardware and software
views of the RX & TX rings as well.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor common code that either enables or disables the network
interface with the networking stack. We are going to reuse these
functions for suspend/resume callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quite often we need to enable either the transmitter or the receiver
bits in UMAC_CMD, use umac_enable_set() to do that for us.
This is a preliminary change to introduce suspend/resume support in the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a new version of the Telewell 4G modem working with, but not
recognized by this driver.
Signed-off-by: Bernd Wachter <bernd.wachter@jolla.com>
Acked-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 0acf167687.
Breaks the build due to missing reference to phy_resume in
the resulting dwmac-socfpga.o object.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
deal with a compile warning: comparison between
'enum qe_fltr_largest_external_tbl_lookup_key_size'
and 'enum qe_fltr_tbl_lookup_key_size'
the code:
"if (ug_info->largestexternallookupkeysize ==
QE_FLTR_TABLE_LOOKUP_KEY_SIZE_8_BYTES)"
is warned because different enum, so modify it.
"enum qe_fltr_largest_external_tbl_lookup_key_size
largestexternallookupkeysize;
enum qe_fltr_tbl_lookup_key_size {
QE_FLTR_TABLE_LOOKUP_KEY_SIZE_8_BYTES
= 0x3f, /* LookupKey parsed by the Generate LookupKey
CMD is truncated to 8 bytes */
QE_FLTR_TABLE_LOOKUP_KEY_SIZE_16_BYTES
= 0x5f, /* LookupKey parsed by the Generate LookupKey
CMD is truncated to 16 bytes */
};
/* QE FLTR extended filtering Largest External Table Lookup Key Size */
enum qe_fltr_largest_external_tbl_lookup_key_size {
QE_FLTR_LARGEST_EXTERNAL_TABLE_LOOKUP_KEY_SIZE_NONE
= 0x0,/* not used */
QE_FLTR_LARGEST_EXTERNAL_TABLE_LOOKUP_KEY_SIZE_8_BYTES
= QE_FLTR_TABLE_LOOKUP_KEY_SIZE_8_BYTES, /* 8 bytes */
QE_FLTR_LARGEST_EXTERNAL_TABLE_LOOKUP_KEY_SIZE_16_BYTES
= QE_FLTR_TABLE_LOOKUP_KEY_SIZE_16_BYTES, /* 16 bytes */
};"
Signed-off-by: Zhao Qiang <B45475@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using internal 10 Mbps PHY, isolate the external PHY from MII bus.
External PHY must be kept powered up because it passes TX from tlan chip to
network.
This fixes weird link-loss problems under load with OC-2326 card at 10 Mbps.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci_disable_device() is called in _suspend but there's no corresponding
pci_enable_device() in _resume.
This causes "disabling already-disabled device" warning on 2nd suspend.
Add pci_enable_device() call to _resume to fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In tlan_reset_adapter, we disable internal PHY when an external one is used.
On cards which use internal PHY in 10 Mbps mode, we enable it later when
setting 10 Mbps mode but it does not really work (PHY fails to reset).
Leave it enabled instead.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a timeout to prevent infinite loop waiting for PHY to reset.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the autonegotiation poll interval from 8 seconds to 2.
This greatly reduces the time needed to detect link presence,
especially on Olicom cards at 10 Mbps (two autonegoatiations required).
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove excess printks when the link is down.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When link is lost on a card which uses internal PHY for 10 Mbit speeds,
restart autonegotiation to allow switching between 10 and 100 Mbps speeds.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Olicom OC-2325 and OC-2326 cards have the MAC address byte-swapped in EEPROM.
Byte-swap the MAC address if it's located at offset 0xF8.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic ethtool support to tlan driver:
- driver info - link detect (this allows NetworkManager to detect carrier)
- EEPROM read
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable old link monitoring code and modify it:
- control LINK LED
- use separate timer so it does not interfere with ACT LED
Tested with Olicom OC-2326.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Olicom OC-2325 and OC-2326 ethernet cards have an activity LED but it does not
work with tlan driver as it's not enabled. Enable it.
Tested with OC-2326.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extends the ptp bpf to also match ptp over ip over vlan packets. The ptp
classes are changed to orthogonal bitfields representing version, transport
and vlan values to simplify matching.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sørensen <stefan.sorensen@spectralink.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This changes
b43-phy0: Found Radio: Manuf 0x17F, Version 0x7769, Revision 4
to the
b43-phy0: Found Radio: Manuf 0x17F, Version 0x2069, Revision 4
which matches what closed source driver reports:
$ wl revinfo
radiorev 0x42069000
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows adding more revisions support, spotting lacking tables and
unifies naming schema.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The comment was not accurate, we are talking about the frames
*for* the station and not from the station.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This patch removes the setting of the ADC sampling bits in
the mvm nic configuration. This setting is not required by
the firmware, and furthermore - it interferes with the DBGC
when it is running in DRAM mode on PCIe.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dor Shaish <dor.shaish@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The FW currently doesn't optimally support TDLS in DCM mode. Teardown
all TDLS peers when we have more than a single phy context.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The FW does not support PSM on a vif with associated TDLS peers. Disable
PSM when the first peer joins and re-enable it when the last leaves.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use the new mac80211 callback to protect a TDLS discovery session so we
can hear the discovery-response packet.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
HW/FW constraints dictate that TDLS should only be used when a single
phy ctx is active. We also support at most 4 TDLS peers. We don't
support TDLS on a P2P vif.
Unify and move a phy-ctx counting implementation from the power-mgmt code
in order to simplify implementation.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
An AP/GO may perform the channel switch slightly before its stations.
This scenario may result in packet loss, since the transmission may start
before the client is actually on a new channel. In order to prevent
potential packet loss disable tx to all the stations when the channel
switch flow starts. Clear the disable_tx bit when a station is seen on a
target channel, or after IWL_MVM_CS_UNBLOCK_TX_TIMEOUT beacons on a new
channel. In addition call ieee80211_sta_block_awake in order to inform
mac80211 that the frames for this station should be buffered.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
According to the spec, GO/AP should perform the channel switch just
before "beacon 0". However, since the exact timing isn't defined,
it may result in a sudden GO disappearance from the channel.
Prevent potential packet loss when performing the CS by scheduling
NoA time event and executing the channel switch flow when a notification
from fw is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently mvm->csa_vif is protected with mvm mutex. The RCU protection
is required for "iwlwifi: mvm: Reflect GO channel switch in NoA" patch.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Call ieee80211_beacon_get_template instead of ieee80211_beacon_get and sync the
CSA counters with mac80211 after each beacon transmission.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Implement support for unbind-bind flow for the client roles. This
includes telling the firmware that we are not associated, removing
time-events, removing quotas and updating power management during the
actual switch, and redoing everything in the new channel.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Implement the switch_vif_chanctx operation with support for a
single-vif and SWAP mode. The REASSIGN mode and multi-vifs are not
supported yet.
This operation needs to implement 4 steps, namely unassign, remove,
add and assign the chanctx. In order to do this, split out these
operations into locked and non-locked parts, thus allowing us to call
them while locked.
Additionally, in order to allow us to restart the hardware when
something fails, add a boolean to the iwl_mvm_nic_restart() function
that tells whether the restart was triggered by a FW error or
something else.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
It turns out that adding the update type argument was pointless as
quota update is never called from the add_interface() callback.
Therefore, IWL_MVM_QUOTA_UPDATE_TYPE_NEW isn't actually needed and
then only a "disabled_vif" argument is needed for the upcoming CSA
work.
Remove the whole enum iwl_mvm_quota_update_type and pass the right
arguments (always NULL for disabled vif right now) to the function
in all current call sites.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Simplify the quota iterator by not passing the update type,
it only needs to know whether or not to skip an interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmware currently deals with zero quota for a given
binding, but it seems odd to send that down. Make sure
that we don't do that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are some cases where we can currently send zero quota
for a valid binding, e.g. if we update while an interface is
bound to a channel context but not yet acting as an AP.
Avoid this by reordering the checks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In some cases (e.g. when we're doing a channel switch), we may need to
disable the quota of a vif temporarily. In order to do so, add an
argument to the iwl_mvm_update_quotas() function to tell if the passed
vif is a new one or if it should be disregarded.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
when driver takes the MAC address from the HW section and
it isn't valid - print an error.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Initialize LMAC scan command.
Fix EBS flag to be dependant on TLV flg and fix other bugs.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add new scan API that uses the same command 0x51 for both regular and
sched scan.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
These file are removed recursively anyway, so there's no
point saving them just to redundantly remove them later.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwl_mvm_rs_rate_init() is called multiple times to re-init
the rate scaling statistics (e.g. after some idle time).
It clears all the lq_sta sta, including some fields that
shouldn't be cleared (e.g. debugfs pointers). Fix it
by adding a new 'persistent' sub-struct, and
avoid clearing it on (re-)init.
Move the initialization of the persistent fields to
rs_alloc_sta instead.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When TxTxCo-Running is active, we can relax the constraints
on the rate control.
When RxRxCo-Running is active, we can relax the constrains
on SMPS.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
No need to send the big BT_COEX_CMD command, we have now
a much thiner command that updates only what is needed.
Adapt the code to that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
No need to send the big BT_COEX_CMD command, we have now
a much thiner command that updates only what is needed.
Adapt the code to that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
No need to send the big BT_COEX_CMD command, we have now
a much thiner command that updates only what is needed.
Adapt the code to that, and open the patch to the updates.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Start the new BT Coex implementation.
Don't react to notifications for now - only the initial
configuration is implemented. The rest will happen in next
patches.
Since coex.c now uses the new the new structures in all
functions, we need to adapt the code to compile, even if it
doesn't run yet.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A new API is coming. This new API is not backward
compatible. So we need to keep the old commands to be able
to work with the former API.
Move all the current code into a new file: coex_legacy.
If a firmware with the new API is detected, we currently
just bail out since the implementation of the new API will
come in future patches.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In family 8000 products the MAC address in the OTP could be in either:
- WFPM address
- PCIE address
In sdio product we should read it from the WFPM, in pcie product we
should read it from the PCIe location.
This is relevant only from otp version 0xE08 and above.
While at it, fix the bytes order in version 0xE08.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This patch makes sure there're no target accesses in the add
interface flow before d0i3 exit completes.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Its content can move to the caller.
While at it, move iwl_mvm_fw_error_rxf_dump to caller.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Instead of reading all the data in the context of the
interrupt thread, collect the data in the restart flow
before the actual restart takes place so that the device
still has all the information.
Remove iwl_mvm_fw_error_sram_dump and move its content to
iwl_mvm_fw_error_dump.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There are few places at the begining of Tx/Rx paths where
tx_info/rx_info is not correctly initialized. This patch
takes care of it.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Firmware folks seem say that this flag can make trouble.
Drop it. The advantage of CTS to self is that it slightly
reduces the cost of the protection, but make the protection
less reliable.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.13+]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We should always prefer to use full RTS protection. Using
CTS to self gives a meaningless improvement, but this flow
is much harder for the firmware which is likely to have
issues with it.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Bump.
Change-ID: Ie0c36583ffd9997679f46bdf89bc462d3e992995
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement set_settings for ethtool in i40e.
Change-ID: Ie3c3fe18e8ff86c3f25b842844b3d9aabc9bba57
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add i40e implementation of setpauseparam to ethtool.
Change-ID: Ie7766b2091ec8f934737573c9ffd426081966718
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add function set_fc to set the requested FC mode. This patch also
adds the init of FC setting to get_link_info and replaces the init
code to set FC off by default in main. Also adds i40e_set_phy_config
to support this.
Change-ID: I7b25bbaec81f15777137ab324a095f916e44351d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just move nway reset up, will be used in the next patch.
Change-ID: Ice3b631fa2044debc5c4541b42872a48163f8452
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a new variable, hw.phy.link_info.an_enabled, to track whether autoneg is
enabled. Also add a new function update_link_info that will update that
variable as well as calling get_link_info to update the rest of the link info.
Also add get_phy_capabilities to support this.
Change-ID: I5157ef03492b6dd8ec5e608ba0cf9b0db9c01710
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Finish the i40e implementation of get_settings for ethtool.
Change-ID: Iec81835aa9380723ae9288bcb79b30a6a1ecd498
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
TPH is not currently enabled in this product, make sure it
isn't enabled by default.
Change-ID: Ibb1a10799c33c4c76dec06fcd53b1d6efa13c1f5
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When turning off ntuple with a FD table full situation,
the driver would have auto disabled FD filter additions.
Clear the auto disable flag for FD_SB so that when the
feature is turned on again using "ethtool -K ethx ntuple on"
we can start adding filters once again.
Change-ID: I036a32e7331bcae765b657c8abb4fa070940b163
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40evf_irq_enable and i40evf_fire_sw_interrupt functions were
unfairly discriminating against MSI-X vector 0, just because it doesn't
handle traffic. That doesn't mean it's not essential to the operation of
the driver. This change allows the watchdog to fire vector 0 via
software, which makes the driver tolerant of dropped interrupts on that
vector.
Buck up, vector 0! You can be part of our gang!
Change-ID: I37131d955018a6b3e711e1732d21428acd0d767e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the AQ interrupt gets lost for some reason, VF communications will
stall as the VFs have no way of reaching the PF, which is essentially
deaf. The VFs end up waiting forever for a reply that will never come.
To alleviate this condition, go ahead and check the ARQ every time we
run the service task. Remove the check for a pending event, and get rid
of a chatty error message that is now meaningless.
Change-ID: I0fc9d18169cd45c98f60188aef872cd6cee9a027
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Force a shifted '1' to be unsiged to avoid shifting a signed int
Change-ID: I688cbd082af0f2e1df548fda25847a5ca04babcf
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move a declaration up one level so we don't dereference it out of scope.
This didn't cause any panics, but the details->async field would
mysteriously disappear, causing unnecessary delays when sending AQ
commands. Also, the code is just plain wrong.
Change-ID: I753f64f13c55e5d75ea4351e29b14fb53b2f0104
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The HW still needs to consume it and freeing it in the function
that created it would mean we will be racing with the HW. The
i40e_clean_tx_ring() routine will free up the buffer attached once
the HW has consumed it. The clean_fdir_tx_irq function had to be fixed
to handle the freeing correctly.
Cases where we program more than one filter per flow (Ipv4), the
code had to be changed to allocate dummy buffer multiple times
since it will be freed by the clean routine. This also fixes an issue
where the filter program routine was not checking if there were
descriptors available for programming a filter.
Change-ID: Idf72028fd873221934e319d021ef65a1e51acaf7
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While adding vlans, when the HW limit of vlan filters is reached, the
driver enables vlan promiscuous mode.
Similarily, while removing vlans, the driver must re-enable HW filtering
as soon as the number of vlan filters is within the HW limit.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SR-IOV is enabled in the adapter, the FW distributes queue resources
evenly across the PF and it's VFs. If the user is not interested in enabling
VFs, the queues set aside for VFs are wasted.
This patch adds support for the PF driver to re-configure the resource
distribution in FW based on the number of VFs enabled by the user.
This also allows for supporting RSS queues on VFs, when less number of VFs
are enabled per PF. When maximum number of VFs are enabled, each VF typically
gets only one RXQ.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PF driver must query the FW for VF's interface capabilities
to know if the VF is RSS capable or not.
This patch is in preparation for enabling RSS on VFs on Skyhawk-R.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix be_cmd_get_profile_cmd() to use be_cmd_notify_wait() routine,
which uses MBOX if MCCQ has not been created. Doing this reduces
code duplication; we don't need the _mbox/_mccq() variants anymore.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cppcheck found a case where a local variable was being assigned a value,
but not used. There seems to be no reason to read this register before
assigning a new value, so addressing thie issue.
cppcheck --force --enable=all --inline-suppr . shows ...
Variable 'value' is reassigned a value before the old one has been used.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridgers2013@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cppcheck found a duplicate if/then/else case where a receive descriptor
was being processed. This patch corrects that issue.
cppcheck --force --enable=all --inline-suppr .
...
Checking enh_desc.c...
[enh_desc.c:148] -> [enh_desc.c:144]: (style) Found duplicate if expressions.
...
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridgers2013@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds platform init/exit functions and modifications to support
suspend/resume for the Altera Cyclone 5 SOC Ethernet controller. The platform
exit function puts the controller into reset using the socfpga reset
controller driver. The platform init function sets up the Synopsys mac by
first making sure the Ethernet controller is held in reset, programming the
phy mode through external support logic, then deasserts reset through
the socfpga reset manager driver.
Signed-off-by: Vince Bridgers <vbridgers2013@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need to remove affinity hint at mlx4_en_deactivate_cq() and not at
mlx4_en_destroy_cq() - since affinity_mask might be free'd while still
being used by procfs.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IRQ affinity notifier can only have a single notifier - cpu_rmap
notifier. Can't use it to track changes in IRQ affinity map.
Detect IRQ affinity changes by comparing CPU to current IRQ affinity map
during NAPI poll thread.
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
CC: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Fixes: 2eacc23 ("net/mlx4_core: Enforce irq affinity changes immediatly")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes compilation warnings:
drivers/net/fddi/defxx.c:294: warning: 'dfx_rcv_flush' declared inline after being called
drivers/net/fddi/defxx.c:294: warning: previous declaration of 'dfx_rcv_flush' was here
drivers/net/fddi/defxx.c:2854: warning: 'my_skb_align' defined but not used
triggered when the driver is built with DYNAMIC_BUFFERS undefined. Code
tested to work just fine with these changes and a few DEFPA and DEFTA
boards.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RX handler of the driver has two paths switched between, depending on
the size of the frame received, as determined by SKBUFF_RX_COPYBREAK.
When a small frame is received, a new skb allocated has data space large
enough to hold the incoming frame only, and data is copied there from the
original skb whose buffer is returned to the DMA RX ring; in that case
`rx_in_place' is 0. When a large frame is received, a new skb allocated
has data space large enough to hold the largest frame possible, including
the overhead for alignment, the receive status and padding, over 4.5kiB
overall, and its buffer is placed on the DMA RX ring while the original
buffer is passed up to the network stack avoiding the need to copy data;
in that case `rx_in_place' is 1.
However the latter scenario is only possible when dynamic buffers are
used, as determined by DYNAMIC_BUFFERS, because otherwise the buffers used
for the DMA RX ring are fixed at the time the interface is brought up.
That leads to an observation that the preprocessor conditional around the
`rx_in_place' check is inverted, the check only really matters when
dynamic buffers are in use. It has gone unnoticed for many years since
support for using dynamic buffers on the DMA RX ring was introduced in
2.1.40 -- because the only problem that results is in the case where
`rx_in_place' is 1 frame data received is unnecessarily copied to the
newly-allocated buffer, before the buffer placed on the the DMA receive RX
and its contents ignored. Therefore the only symptom is some performance
loss.
Rather than flipping the condition though I decided to discard the
conditional altogether -- in the case of static buffers `rx_in_place' is
always 0 so GCC will optimise the C conditional away instead.
Tested on a few DEFPA and DEFTA boards successfully using both small and
large frames, both with DYNAMIC_BUFFERS defined and with the macro
undefined.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: kfree(NULL) is safe this check is probably not required
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since consume_skb() (and hence dev_kfree_skb() macro) checks the passed pointer
for NULL, there's no need to check for NULL before invoking dev_kfree_skb().
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Collect a firmware dump on first Tx timeout if netif_msg_tx_err() is set
- Log Receive and Status ring info on Tx timeout, in addition to Tx ring info
- Log additional Tx ring info if netif_msg_tx_err() is set
Signed-off-by: Harish Patil <harish.patil@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix checkpatch warning:
"WARNING: debugfs_remove_recursive(NULL) is safe this check is probably not required"
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86f6cf4127 (net: of_mdio: add of_mdiobus_link_phydev()) introduced a
circular dependency between libphy and of_mdio.
depmod: ERROR: <modroot>/kernel/drivers/net/phy/libphy.ko in
dependency cycle!
depmod: ERROR: <modroot>/kernel/drivers/of/of_mdio.ko in dependency cycle!
The problem is that of_mdio.c references &mdio_bus_type and libphy now
references of_mdiobus_link_phydev.
Fix this by not exporting of_mdiobus_link_phydev() from of_mdio.ko.
Make it a static function in mdio_bus.c instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <zonque@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Fixes: 86f6cf4127 (net: of_mdio: add of_mdiobus_link_phydev())
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-06-27
Please pull the following batch of fixes for the 3.16 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"We have a fix from Eliad for a time calculation, a fix from Max for
head/tailroom when sending authentication packets, a revert that Felix
requested since the patch in question broke regulatory and a fix from
myself for an issue with a new command that we advertised in the wrong
place."
For the bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"A few fixes for 3.16. This pull request contains a NULL dereference fix,
and some security/pairing fixes."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have here a fix from Eliad for scheduled scan: it fixes a firmware
assertion. Arik reverts a patch I made that didn't take into account
that 3160 doesn't have UAPSD and hence, we can't assume that all
newer firmwares support the feature. Here too, the visible effect
is a firmware assertion. Along with that, we have a few fixes and
additions to the device list."
For the ath10k bits, Kalle says:
"Bartosz fixed an issue where we were not able to create 8 vdevs when
using DFS. Michal removed a false warning which was just confusing
people."
On top of that...
Arend van Spriel fixes a 'divide by zero' regression in brcmfmac.
Amitkumar Karwar corrects a transmit timeout in mwifiex.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2014-07-01
This series contains updates to i40e, i40evf, igb and ixgbe.
Shannon adds the Base Address High and Low to the admin queue structure
to simplify the logic in the configuration routines. Also adds code to
clear all queues and interrupts to help clean up after a PXE or other
early boot activity.
Kevin fixes mask assignment value since -1 cannot be used for unsigned
integer types.
Mitch fixes an issue where in some circumstances the reply from the PF
would come back before we were able to properly modify the admin queue
pending and required flags. This would mess up the flags and put the
driver in an indeterminate state, so fix this by simply setting the flags
before sending the request to the admin queue. Also changes the branding
string for i40evf to reduce confusion and to match up with our other
marketing materials.
Kamil adds a new variable defining admin send queue (ASQ) command write
back timeout to allow for dynamic modification of this timeout.
Anjali fix a bug in the flow director filter replay logic, so that we
call a replay after a sideband reset correctly.
Jesse adds code to initialize all members of the context descriptor to
prevent possible stale data.
Christopher fixes i40e to prevent writing to reserved bits, since the
queue index is only 0-127.
Jacob removes the unneeded header export.h from the i40e PTP code.
Fixes ixgbe PTP code where the PPS signal was not correct, as it
generates a one half HZ clock signal, it only generates one level
change per second. To generate a full clock, we need two level changes
per second.
Todd provides a fix for igb to bring up link when the PHY has powered
up, which was reported by Jeff Westfahl.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This limitation maybe had some reason in the past, but now there is not
one -> removing this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rip out a bunch of redundant PCI-E Memory Window Read/Write routines,
collapse the more general purpose routines into a single routine
thereby eliminating the need for a large stack frame (and extra data
copying) in the outer routine, change everything to use the improved
routine t4_memory_rw.
Based on origninal work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com> and
Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the firmware interface to get the BAR0 value since we really don't want
to use the PCI-E Configuration Space Backdoor access which is owned by the
firmware.
Set up PCI-E Memory Window registers using the true values programmed into
BAR registers. When the PF4 "Master Function" is exported to a Virtual
Machine, the values returned by pci_resource_start() will be for the
synthetic PCI-E Configuration Space and not the real addresses. But we need
to program the PCI-E Memory Window address decoders with the real addresses
that we're going to be using in order to have accesses through the Memory
Windows work.
Based on origninal work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change logic which determines our Physical Function at PCI Probe time.
Now we read the PL_WHOAMI register and get the Physical Function.
Pass Physical Function to Upper Layer Drivers in lld_info structure in the
new field "pf" added to lld_info. This is useful for the cases where the
PF, say PF4, is attached to a Virtual Machine via some form of "PCI
Pass Through" technology and the PCI Function shows up as PF0 in the VM.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For consistency, use the ptp_find_pin function to get the calibration pin,
not gpio_tab.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sørensen <stefan.sorensen@spectralink.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This constraints the pin assignment to not allow the calibration function to
be reassigned and only allow reassigning the calibratin pin if only one phy is
connected.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sørensen <stefan.sorensen@spectralink.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the number of supported periodic output pins from
1 to 7. The last pin is reserved for sync.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sørensen <stefan.sorensen@spectralink.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Periodic output triggers 0 and 1 of the dp83640 has a programmable
duty-cycle which is controlled by the Pulsewidth2 field of the trigger
data register. This field is not documented in the datasheet, but it
is described in the "PHYTER Software Development Guide" section
3.1.4.1. Failing to set the field can result in unstable/no trigger
output.
Add programming of the Pulsewidth2 field, setting it to the same value
as the Pulsewidth field for a 50% duty cycle.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sørensen <stefan.sorensen@spectralink.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware will provide this information as soon as we will start
processing incoming packets, so there is no need to set the RX buffer
length during buffer allocation.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use the PHY library which will determine the link state for us, make
sure we start with a carrier off until libphy has completed the link
training.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As soon as register_netdev() is called, the network device notifiers are
running which means that other parts of the kernel, or user-space
programs can call the network device ndo_open() callback and use the
interface.
Disable the Ethernet device clock before we register the network device
such that we do not create the following situation:
CPU0 CPU1
register_netdev()
bcmgenet_open()
clk_prepare_enable()
clk_disable_unprepare()
and leave the hardware block gated off, while we think it should be
gated on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although we do not limit the number of packets the TX completion
function bcm_sysport_tx_reclaim() is allowed to reclaim, we were still
using its return value as-is. This means that we could hit the WARN() in
net/core/dev.c where work_done >= budget.
Make sure we do exit the NAPI context when the TX ring is empty, and
pretend there was no work to do.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UniMAC CMD_SW_RESET bit is not a self-clearing bit, so we need to
assert it, wait a bit and clear it manually. As a result, umac_reset()
is updated not to return any value. The previous version of the code
simply wrote 0 to the CMD register, which would make the busy-waiting
loop exit immediately, having zero effect.
By writing 0 to the CMD register, we were clearing all bits in the CMD
register, and not using the hardware reset default values which are
set on purpose.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SYSTEMPORT Ethernet MAC supports multicast just fine, it just lacks
any sort of Unicast/Broadcast/Multicasting filtering at the Ethernet MAC
level since that is handled by the front end Ethernet switch, but that
is properly handled by bcm_sysport_set_rx_mode().
Some user-space applications might be relying on the presence of this
flag to prevent using multicast sockets, this also prevents that
interface from joining the IPv6 all-router mcast group.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are linux distributions where the inbox bnx2x driver contains SRIOV
support but doesn't contain the changes introduced in b9871bcf
"bnx2x: VF RSS support - PF side".
A VF in a VM running that distribution over a new hypervisor will access
incorrect addresses when trying to transmit packets, causing an attention
in the hypervisor and making that VF inactive until FLRed.
The driver in the VM has to ne upgraded [no real way to overcome this], but
due to the HW attention currently arising upgrading the driver in the VM
would not suffice [since the VF needs also be FLRed if the previous driver
was already loaded].
This patch causes the PF to fail the acquire message from a VF running an
old problematic driver; The VF will then gracefully fail it's probe preventing
the HW attention [and allow clean upgrade of driver in VM].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This improves the performance of driver on machine with L1_CACHE_SHIFT of at
most 32 bytes [HW was planned for 64-byte aligned fastpath data].
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <Dmitry.Kravkov@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now VFs were oblvious to the actual configured link parameters.
This patch does 2 things:
1. It enables a PF to inform its VF using the bulletin board of the link
configured, and allows the VF to present that information.
2. It adds support of `ndo_set_vf_link_state', allowing the hypervisor
to set the VF link state.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <Dmitry.Kravkov@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While it is legal to kfree(NULL), it is not wise to use :
put_page(virt_to_head_page(NULL))
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffffeba400000000
IP: [<ffffffffc01f5928>] virt_to_head_page+0x36/0x44 [bnx2x]
Reported-by: Michel Lespinasse <walken@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Fixes: d46d132cc0 ("bnx2x: use netdev_alloc_frag()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds some cores with 0x2057 radio which will be supported soon as
well as core 40 that I missed in the earlier firmware patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It doesn't include any device (radio revision) specific code yet, so it
isn't really usable. As the commit says, it's just some generic code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are several exit path from the PCI probe function.
Some of them, that are taken in case of errors, forget to set the "err"
variable, that is returned by the probe function.
This can lead to the kernel thinking the probe function succeeds while it
didn't, and this in turn causes extra calls to the "remove" function.
This patch fix this problem by ensuring "err" variable is assigned to a proper
non-zero value in each exit path.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All boards supported by this driver could work using PIO or MMIO for accessing
registers.
This driver tries to access HW by using MMIO, and, if this fails for somewhat
reason, the driver tries to fall back to PIO mode.
MMIO-mode is straightforward on all boards.
PIO-mode is straightforward on rtl8180 only.
On rtl8185 and rtl8187se boards not all registers are directly available in PIO
mode (they are paged).
On rtl8185 there are two pages and it is known how to switch page.
PIO mode works, except for only one access to a register out of default page,
recently added by me in the initialization code with patch:
rtl818x_pci: Fix rtl8185 excessive IFS after CTS-to-self
This can be easily fixed to work in both cases (MMIO and PIO).
On rtl8187se, for a number of reasons, there is much more work to do to fix PIO
access.
PIO access is currently broken on rtl8187se, and it never worked.
This patch fixes the said register write for rtl8185 and makes the driver to
fail cleanly if PIO mode is attempted with rtl8187se boards.
While doing this, I converted also a couple of printk(KERN_ERR) to dev_err(), in
order to make checkpatch happy.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently the driver configures mac80211 to provide two rates for each TX frame:
One initial rate and one alternate fallback rate, each one with its retry count.
HW does not support fully this: rtl8180 doesn't have support for rate scaling at
all, and rtl8185/rtl8187SE supports it in a way that does not fit with mac80211:
The HW does automatically fall back to the next lower rate, and only a lower
limit can be specified, so the HW may TX also on rates in between the two rates
specified by mac80211. Furthermore only the total TX retry count can be
specified for each packet, while the number of TX attempts before scaling rate
can be configured only globally (not per each packet).
Currently the driver sets the HW auto rate fallback mechanism to quickly scale
rate after a couple of retries, and it uses the alternate rate requested by
mac80211 as fallback limit rate (and it does this even wrongly).
The HW indeed will behave differently than what mac80211 mandates, that is
probably undesirable, and the reported TX retry count may not refer to what
mac80211 thinks, and this could fool mac80211.
This patch makes the driver to declare to mac80211 to support only one rate
configuration for each packet, and it does disable the HW auto rate fallback
mechanism, relying only on SW and letting mac80211 to do all by itself.
This should ensure correct operation and fairness respect to mac80211.
Indeed here tests with iperf do not show significant performance differences.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
HW is programmed with wrong retry count value for TX:
Mac80211 passes to driver the number of times the TX should be attempted.
The HW, instead, wants the number of time the TX should be retried if it fails
the first time (assuming we have to TX it at least one time).
This patch correct this.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rtl8187se support has been added to the rtl818x_pci driver by extracting a lot
of information from a rtl8187se Linux staging driver included in the kernel at
the time rtl8187se support was added.
The rtl818x_pci main file has a comment that advertises this.
Recently this staging driver has been removed from the kernel, but I still feel
it can be useful as "reference" code (in case of bugs, or to implement
improvements in rtl818x_pci driver).
This one-line patch adds a comment in rtl818x_pci driver to point people
searching for that "reference code" to the last kernel version still containing
it (3.14).
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Measuring time between _end_ of CTS-to-self and _end_ of datapacket (with a
prism54 board and mac80211 hacked to let the MAC timestamp stay untouched in the
radiotap header) resulted in about 300uS, while the datapacket itself should be
by far shorter (less than 100uS) and IFS should be SIFS (10uS).
This measure was confirmed whith a scope: about 250uS IFS has been seen between
the two packets.
This situation causes the CTS-to-self protection mechanism to work incorrectly
due to the NAV expiring during, or even before beginning, the packet
transmission, and it also causes the performances to be anyway reduced due to
time waste.
This problem has been seen at every packet TXed with CTS-to-self enabled on
rtl8185 board.
rtl8187se seems not affected (and rtl8180, being a 802.11b card, does not have
CTS-to-self mechaninsm).
This patch fixes this by adding a magic register write, making the board wait
for correct SIFS after CTS-to-self packet.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
BSSID register was written with six byte-writes.
It seems that, similarly to what happens with MAC registers, they needs to be
written with one 16-bit and one 32-bit writes, otherwise the write does not work.
The byte write didn't work only on my rtl8185, while it worked on rtl8180 and
rtl8187se, BTW since there are probably a number of different ASIC revisions out
of there, I let the change to affect all cards.
It shouldn't hurt anyway.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
LCNXN is simply a continuation of N, e.g. code handling LCNXN revs 0 and
1 is mostly the same as for N-PHY revs 7+.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: kfree(NULL) is safe this check is probably not required
Cc: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch fixes a couple of issues:
- absence of deallocation of rsi_dev->rx_usb_urb[0] in the driver;
- potential NULL pointer dereference because of lack of checks for memory
allocation success in rsi_init_usb_interface().
By the way, it makes rsi_probe() returning error code instead of 1
and fixes comments regarding returning values.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now sleep duration is configured as beacon interval. It should be
the multiple of beacon interval by listen period which helps to
reduce station power consumption.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Earlier the listen interval is used to decide switching between
operating and off-channels during bgscan and to improve throughput,
the listen interval is reduced to 1. After optimiztion in scan
state machine, listen period is not used for decision making and
hence reverting it back to original value.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The beacon configurations are not cached properly after the station
associates with AP. Not handling BEACON_INFO, is failing to update
dtim period and also it is causing below warning message.
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/recv.c:548
ath_rx_tasklet+0xc89/0xca0 [ath9k]()
Call Trace:
[<c14669c9>] dump_stack+0x48/0x69
[<c104f1a2>] warn_slowpath_common+0x82/0xa0
[<fd38c2f9>] ? ath_rx_tasklet+0xc89/0xca0 [ath9k]
[<fd38c2f9>] ? ath_rx_tasklet+0xc89/0xca0 [ath9k]
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Treat frames that underwent a CCK or OFDM restart as frames with an invalid CRC.
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <vanhoefm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the FIF_FCSFAIL filter flag is set, pass frames with CRC errors.
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <vanhoefm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The PPS signal is not correct, as it generates a one half HZ clock
signal, as it only generates one level change per second. To generate a
full clock, we need two level changes per second. Also, change the name
of the #define, in order to prevent confusion between it and
NSEC_PER_SEC which is not guaranteed to be a 64bit value.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Call igb_setup_link() when the PHY is powered up.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Reported-by: Jeff Westfahl <jeff.westfahl@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a slash to the branding string to reduce confusion and match up with
our other marketing materials.
Change-ID: I8229e8c3e43083b7a29c859a250f8d2d4dc46b9e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need the export.h header so we can just go ahead and remove it.
Change-ID: I9057396b141ee449d8299409081358b9270a7c4d
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Prevent writing to reserved bits, queue index is 0-127
Change-ID: Ic923e1c92012a265983414acd8f547c4bdac2e34
Signed-off-by: Christopher Pau <christopher.pau@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Driver needs to initialize all members of context descriptor. Stale
data is possible otherwise.
Change-ID: Idc6b53af45583509da42d5ec0824cbaf78aee64f
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the auto_disable flags added there was a bug that was causing the
replay logic to not work correctly.
This patch fixes the issue so that we call a replay after a sideband
reset correctly.
Change-ID: I005fe1ac361188ee5b19517a83c922038cba1b00
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add new variable defining ASQ command write back timeout to allow for
dynamic modification of this timeout. Initialize it on AQ initialize
routine with default value, vary it on device ID.
Change-ID: I5c9908f9d7c5455634353b694a986d6f146d1b9d
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some circumstances, the firmware could beat us to the punch, and the
reply from the PF would come back before we were able to properly modify
the aq_pending and aq_required flags. This would mess up the flags and
put the driver in an indeterminate state, much like Schrödinger's cat.
However, unlike the cat, the driver is definitely dead.
To fix this, simply set the flags before sending the request to the AQ.
This way, it won't matter if the interrupt comes back too soon.
Change-ID: I9784655e475675ebcb3140cc7f36f4a96aaadce5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make mask value of all 1s. Value of -1 can't be used for u32 type.
Change-ID: I49d58b77639939fe7447a229dbf1f4a1bf7419ce
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Per a recent HW designer comment, this code is for ripping through the
queues and interrupts to fully disable them on driver init, specifically
to help clean up after a PXE or other early boot activity.
Change-ID: I32ed452021a1c2b06dace1969976f882a37b9741
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clear the AQ BAH and BAL registers on a clean shutdown to help make sure
all is tidy when the driver is done.
Change-ID: I393e92680247daa52a8e00bab183213672d73578
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the Base Address High and Low to the admin queue struct to simplify
another bit of "which context" logic in the config routines.
Change-ID: Iae195a7da3baffc1a9d522119e1e2b427068ad07
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2014-06-26
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Kamil provides a cleanup patch to i40e where we do not need to acquire the
NVM for shadow RAM checksum calculation, since we only read the shadow RAM
through SRCTL register.
Paul provides a fix for handling HMC for big endian architectures for i40e
and i40evf.
Mitch provides four cleanup and fixes for i40evf. Fix an issue where if
the VF driver fails to complete early init, then rmmod can cause a softlock
when the driver tries to stop a watchdog timer that never got initialized.
So add a check to see if the timer is actually initialized before stopping
it. Make the function i40evf_send_api_ver() return more useful information,
instead of just returning -EIO by propagating firmware errors back to the
caller and log a message if the PF sends an invalid reply. Fix up a log
message that was missing a word, which makes the log message more readable.
Fix an initialization failure if many VFs are instantiated at the same time
and the VF module is autoloaded by simply resending firmware request if
there is no response the first time.
Jacob does a rename of the function i40e_ptp_enable() to
i40e_ptp_feature_enable(), like he did for ixgbe, to reduce possible
confusion and ambugity in the purpose of the function. Does follow on
PTP work on i40e, like he did for ixgbe, by breaking the PTP hardware
control from the ioctl command for timestamping mode. By doing this,
we can maintain state about the 1588 timestamping mode and properly
re-enable to the last known mode during a re-initialization of 1588 bits.
Anjali cleans up the i40e driver where TCP-IPv4 filters were being added
twice, which seems to be left over from when we had to add two PTYPEs for
one filter. Fixes the flow director sideband logic to detect when there
is a full flow director table. Also fixes the programming of FDIR where
a couple of fields in the descriptor setup that were not being
programmed, which left the opportunity for stale data to be pushed as
part of the descriptor next time it was used.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MSI-X should use PCI_MSIX_FLAGS not PCI_MSI_FLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Yijing Wang <wangyijing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checkpatch issued a warning preferring to use kstrto<type> when
using a single variable sscanf. Change the sscanf invocation to
a kstrtouint call.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the driver makes use of the additional mac address
registers in the hardware to provide perfect filtering. The
hardware can also have a set of hash table registers that can
be used for imperfect filtering. By using imperfect filtering
the additional mac address registers can be used for layer 2
filtering support. Use the hash table registers if the device
has them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for (imperfect) filtering of
VLAN tag ids using a 16-bit filter hash table. When
VLANs are added, a 4-bit hash is calculated with the
result indicating the bit in the hash table to set.
This table is used by the hardware to drop packets with
a VLAN id that does not hash to a set bit in the table.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving a VLAN packet check to be sure that VLAN
RX CTAG stripping is enabled before indicating that the
tag has been stripped in the packet information data
structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC_VLAN_Incl register (0x0060) must be set to indicate
that the VLAN tag to be inserted comes from a Tx context
descriptor and not the MAC_VLAN_Incl register. Also, even
though it is the default, explicitly set the type of tag to
be inserted as a CTAG.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to avoid conflicts with other include files, add
a prefix to the defines in xgbe.h.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were a couple of fields in the fdir descriptor setup that
were not being reprogrammed, which left the opportunity for stale
data to be pushed as part of the descriptor next time it was used.
Change-ID: Ieee5c96a7d4713d469693f086c4854de949a7633
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
"fd current cnt" can be used to print the total filters consumed
by this interface, this includes guaranteed and best effort filters.
Change-ID: I2c417810c4999ce1388d2ea26f8e69679ba33966
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware does not have a way of telling a PF how much of the global
shared FD table space is still available or is consumed.
Previously, every PF but PF0 would think there was still space available
when there wasn't. The PFs would continue to try to add filters and fail.
With this new logic if a filter programming error is detected we just
check if we are close to the guaranteed space full and that can be used
as a hint to say, there might not be space and we should turn off the
features. This way we can turn off the feature in SW for all PFs in
time.
Change-ID: I725cb2fab16c033f883056362b4542c1400503c5
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There wasn't a need to play the logic twice, it seems
like a left over from when we had to add two PTYPEs for
one filter. There should be no change in the number of
filters that actually got added to the hardware.
Change-ID: I5071d02eafd020b60e30eb96219f110f334eec85
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently every time we run through the i40e_ptp_init routine, we create
a new device node. This function is called by i40e_reset_and_rebuild
which is used to handle reset of the device. Even though the 1588
registers only get cleared on a GLOBAL reset, this function is still
called to handle a CORE reset.
This causes a leak of PTP device nodes at every reset. To fix this,
break PTP device clock node creation out of i40e_ptp_init, and only call
this if we don't already have a device created. Further invocation of
i40e_ptp_init will not generate new PTP devices. Instead, only the
necessary work required to reconfigure 1588 will be done.
This change also fixes an issue where a reset can cause the
device to forget it's timestamp configuration, and revert to the default
mode.
Change-ID: I741d01c61d9fe1d24887859d1316e1a8a892909e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch prevents the SIOCGHWTSTAMP ioctl from possibly returning bad
data, by not permanently storing the setting into the private
structure until after we've finished validating that we can support it.
Change-ID: Ib59f9b4f73f451d5a2e76fb8efa5d4271b218433
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch facilitates future work by breaking the PTP hardware control
bits out of the i40e_set_ts_config function. By doing this, we can
maintain state about the 1588 timestamping mode and properly re-enable
to the last known mode during a re-initialize of 1588 bits.
This patch also modifies i40e_ptp_init to call the
i40e_ptp_set_timestamp_mode during the reconfiguration process. A
future patch will ensure that the hwtstamp_config structure is not reset
during this process, so that timestamp mode will be maintained across a
reset.
Change-ID: Ic20832c96c5c512ac203b6c7534e10d891c560f0
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reduces possible confusion and ambiguity in purpose of the ancillary
feature control entry point function.
Change-ID: I21d773c1a86878f6d061505185b596c788d1b7cc
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes the firmware will not indicate an error but fail to pass a
message between the VF and the PF driver. If this happens, just resend
the request.
This fixes an initialization failure if many VFs are instantiated at the
same time and the VF module is autoloaded.
Change-ID: Idd1ad8da2fd5137859244685c355941427d317d7
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Correct a missing word in a log message.
Change-ID: Id94da7d9f842382d073b3947e0b616503e2f8e91
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When verifying the API version (which is the first time the driver
communicates with the firmware and thus the PF driver), there are many
ways in which a failure can occur. There may be an error from the
firmware, there may be unresponsive firmware, there may be an error from
the PF driver, etc, etc.
Make this function return more useful information, instead of just -EIO.
Propagate FW errors back to the caller, and log a message if the PF
sends an invalid reply.
Change-ID: I3e9135a2b80f7acdb855f62f12b2b2668c9a8951
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the VF driver fails to complete early init, then rmmod can cause a
softlock when the driver tries to stop a watchdog timer that never even
got initialized.
Add a check to see if the timer is actually initialized before stopping
it.
Change-ID: Id9d550aa8838e07f4b02afe7bc017ef983779efc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix HMC handling for big endian architectures.
Change-ID: Id8c46fc341815d47bfe0af8b819f0ab9a1e9e515
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We do not need to acquire NVM for Shadow RAM XSUM calculation, as we only
read from SR through SRCTL register for which having the ownership is not
required.
Change-ID: Ie238a8f09917d1d25f24cc7cec271951ac7b98f2
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL=n:
drivers/net/ethernet/cisco/enic/enic_main.c: In function 'enic_open':
drivers/net/ethernet/cisco/enic/enic_main.c:1603:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'enic_rfs_flw_tbl_init' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/cisco/enic/enic_main.c: In function 'enic_stop':
drivers/net/ethernet/cisco/enic/enic_main.c:1630:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'enic_rfs_flw_tbl_free' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Introduced in commit a145df23ef ("enic: Add
Accelerated RFS support").
Dummy functions are provided, but their prototypes are missing, causing the
build failure. Provide dummy static inline functions instead to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2014-06-24
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Greg provides a patch to stop the VF device after setting its MAC address.
This is due to if the host VMM administrator has changed the VF device's MAC
address then the i40e driver needs to halt the VF device so that the
administrator will be forced to reload the VF driver so that the VF driver
will start using the newly assigned MAC address.
Shannon provides several patches for i40e, first makes prep_for_test() a
void function since the return value was being ignored for the most part
by all its callers. Adds a log warning when the firmware's API minor/major
number is not what we expect to assist the user by informing them they
may need to update their NVM or SW. Cleans up a stray print message
so that it is similar to other print messages. Ensures to set the
WoL flag when setting LAA and allow the user to set LAA again. So do
not short-circuit the LAA assignment when the driver thinks it has
already been done as it is possible that the user might want to force
the address setting again. Provides a couple more LAA fixes to ensure
the LAA gets restored after resets.
Neerav provides a patch for i40e to add a PF reset when a malicious driver
event for the PF occurs. As per the specification when the PF driver
receives a malicious driver event the queue that caused the event is
already stopped and it is expected that the function that owns the queue
will reset the queue, but in some cases it may not be possible to determine
the queue, so it is suggested to reset the whole function.
Carolyn fixes ethtool coalesce settings to allow 0 as a disable value and
adds message to user about invalid values.
Jesse removes a reserved type which was not removed from the code.
Catherine provides a patch to add the ability to enable/disable link from
set_link)restart_an() which will make it easy to toggle link without
calling set_phy_config() when no other link settings need to change.
Anjali provides a patch to ensure we do a PF reset on Tx hang and that
way we avoid any Malicious Driver Detect (MDD) events because of a Tx
queue disable failure.
v2:
- fixed the un-needed return in patch 2 based on feedback from Sergei Shtylyov
- added punctuation to print statements and code comment based on
feedback from Sergei Shtylyov
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
m8xx_pcmcia_ops was the only thing in this file (other than a comment
that describes a usage that doesn't match the file's contents); now
that m8xx_pcmcia_ops is gone, remove the empty file.
Signed-off-by: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@gmail.com>
Cc: Vitaly Bordug <vitb@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
It is trivial to add netpoll support to veth, since
it is not a stacked device, we don't need to setup and
clean up netpoll.
Reported-by: Stefan Priebe <s.priebe@profihost.ag>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the mdio probe function fails in emac_open, the interrupt we just requested
isn't freed. If emac_open is called again, for example because we try to set up
the interface again, the kernel will oops because the interrupt wasn't properly
released.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.11+
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o QLogic has acquired the NetXtremeII products and drivers from Broadcom.
This patch re-brands cnic driver as a QLogic driver
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o QLogic has acquired the NetXtremeII products and drivers from Broadcom.
This patch re-brands bnx2 driver as a QLogic driver
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3f85944fe2 ("net: Add sysfs file
for port number") introduce dev_port to network devices. cxgb4 adapters
have multiple ports on the same PCI function, and used dev_id to
identify those ports. That use was removed by commit
8c367fcbe6 ("cxgb4: Do not set
net_device::dev_id to VI index"), since dev_id should be used only when
devices share the same MAC address.
Using dev_port for cxgb4 allows different ports on the same PCI function
to be identified.
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original code uses netdev->real_num_tx_queues to bookkeep number of
queues and invokes netif_set_real_num_tx_queues to set the number of
queues. However, netif_set_real_num_tx_queues doesn't allow
real_num_tx_queues to be smaller than 1, which means setting the number
to 0 will not work and real_num_tx_queues is untouched.
This is bogus when xenvif_free is invoked before any number of queues is
allocated. That function needs to iterate through all queues to free
resources. Using the wrong number of queues results in NULL pointer
dereference.
So we bookkeep the number of queues in xen-netback to solve this
problem. This fixes a regression introduced by multiqueue patchset in
3.16-rc1.
There's another bug in original code that the real number of RX queues
is never set. In current Xen multiqueue design, the number of TX queues
and RX queues are in fact the same. We need to set the numbers of TX and
RX queues to the same value.
Also remove xenvif_select_queue and leave queue selection to core
driver, as suggested by David Miller.
Reported-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
CC: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
CC: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 506724c463 "tg3: Override clock,
link aware and link idle mode during NVRAM dump" changed the timeout
value for nvram command execution from 100ms to 1ms. But the 1ms
timeout value was only sufficient for nvram read operations but not
write operations for most of the devices supported by tg3 driver.
This patch sets the MAX to 50ms. Also it uses usleep_range instead
of udelay.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Why is converting time formats so desired if there are proper
interfaces for this?
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit a82fc3b4a2bceb7c6587249cb690342eb5065979.
Thomas corrected me on that I misunderstood Johannes' comment
for net_timedelta() and the ktime_get_real() usage inside
__net_timestamp().
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed a warning related to incorrect return type and removed an
unnecessary semi colon.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed a potential buffer overflow in 'rsi_rates' and a sparse warning
related to difference in endianness in rsi_91x_mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The p54 driver uses request_firmware() twice, once for actual
firmware and then another time for an optional user overide on
EEPROM, 3826.eeprom. The custom EEPROM is optional but if not
present we'll introduce an extra lag of 60 seconds with udev
present. Annotate we don't want udev nonsense here to avoid
the lag in case its not present.
This was found with the following SmPL patch.
@ firmware_not_critical @
expression cf;
expression config_file;
expression dev;
int ret;
identifier l;
statement S;
@@
- ret = request_firmware(&cf, config_file, dev);
+ ret = request_firmware_direct(&cf, config_file, dev);
if (ret < 0) {
... when != goto l;
when != return ret;
when any
} else {
...
release_firmware(cf);
...
}
Cc: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cocci@systeme.lip6.fr
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Acked-By: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix tx gain table index on fast channel change for AR953x.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean ucode selection, fix choice of firmware for LCN, drop some goto-s,
add new devices.
Tested on 14e4:4312, 14e4:4315, 14e4:4328, 14e4:432b, 14e4:4353.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For consistency with other drivers, replace a magic number by a macro.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Wu <peter@lekensteyn.nl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For consistency with other drivers, replace a magic number by a macro.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Wu <peter@lekensteyn.nl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
bt_msr & 0xfc will never match 0x3. Fix this by using a mask that actually matches the available types.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Wu <peter@lekensteyn.nl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
bt_msr & 0xfc will never match 0x3. Fix this by using a mask that actually matches the available types.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Wu <peter@lekensteyn.nl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
bt_msr & 0xfc will never match 0x3. Fix this by using a mask that actually matches the available types.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Wu <peter@lekensteyn.nl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for external PA and clean code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The users of the fwil put an error message in the log so there is
no need to do the same in the lower level functions in fwil when
the firmware on the device returns an error. Some errors can be
ignored for the driver to function and this will avoid driver users
to point at the low-level error message as potential bug.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of controlling mpc setting during scan operation, initialize
mpc setting and then let firmware take care of it.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
[arend@broadcom.com: keep mpc setting for bcm4329]
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All log messages were set to TRACE level, which is intended
for function entry and exit. Using INFO instead in other
places. Also reducing an error message that always popped
up upon module unload.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Passing a pointer from user space and using it directly in driver is not a
preferable behavior. Switch to cfg80211 vendor mode for dongle command for
better cross platform compatibility.
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some of the USB devices also have Bluetooth inside. These devices
can with specific firmware result in a composite USB device. This
change will update the driver such that it will also accept the
correct interface of composite devices. It is backward compatible
with old non-composite USB fw.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After updating 2G bandwidth capability clear ht info. This will be properly
set upon calling brcmf_update_wiphy_bands().
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the USB 43566 device to the supported devices list. The 43566
is a WiFi-only variant of the 43569. It uses the same FW as 43569.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added usb device id for the new device 43569 to the list of
supported devices.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Applying ++ to a bool is equivalent to setting it true, regardless of
its initial value (bools are not uint1_t). Hence the function
wl_get_vif_state_all can only ever return true/false. The only in-tree
caller uses its return value as a boolean. So update its return type,
and since the list traversal and bit testing have no side effects,
just return true immediately. Its return value tells if any vif is in
the specified state, so also rename it to brcmf_get_vif_state_any.
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel<arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sleep Confirm command is sent separately while other commands
are handled through cmd_pending_q. Print sleep_confirm cmd and
its response as well as power save events so that we have a
clearer picture of power save handshake in driver log.
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates mwifiex Copyright to 2014.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some SDIO controllers do not support MMC_PM_KEEP_POWER properly.
To test host sleep feature without putting the system into sleep
we need to simulate host sleep configuration & handshake between
driver and firmware using customized parameters.
This patch adds hscfg debugfs item, with which user could change
host sleep parameters for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Firmware dump feature is added for SDIO based chipsets
which can be used with the help of ethtool commands.
1) Trigger firmware dump operation:
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 0xff
When the operation is completed, udev event will be sent to
trigger external application.
2) Following udev rule can be used to get the data from ethtool:
DRIVER=="mwifiex_sdio", ACTION=="change", RUN+="/sbin/mwifiex_sdio_fw_dump.sh"
mwifiex_sdio_fw_dump.sh: #!/bin/bash
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/ITCM.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 1
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/DTCM.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 2
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/SQRAM.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 3
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/APU.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 4
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/CIU.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 5
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/ICU.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 6
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/MAC.log
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we can derive host pointer from adapter, maintaining
a global variable doesn't make sense.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Existing dedicated card_reset work queue is replaced with the
interface specific workqueue pointer provided by mwifiex module.
Also new work flag is added for card reset task.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Firmware dump feature is added for PCIe based chipsets which can
be used with the help of ethtool commands.
1) Trigger firmware dump operation:
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 0xff
When the operation is completed, udev event will be sent to
trigger external application.
2) Following udev rule can be used to get the data from ethtool:
DRIVER=="mwifiex_pcie", ACTION=="change", RUN+="/sbin/mwifiex_pcie_fw_dump.sh"
mwifiex_pcie_fw_dump.sh: #!/bin/bash
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/ITCM.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 1
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/DTCM.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 2
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/SQRAM.log
ethtool --set-dump mlan0 3
ethtool --get-dump mlan0
ethtool --get-dump mlan0 data /tmp/IRAM.log
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_usb_dlneeded() queries the device to obtain the chip
id and revision. So assigning these in bus interface before the call
resulted in chip id and revision being zero. This was introduced by:
commit 5b8045d484
Author: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Date: Tue May 27 12:56:23 2014 +0200
brcmfmac: use asynchronous firmware request in USB
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=70191https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=77581
It is observed that sometimes Tx packet is downloaded without
adding driver's txpd header. This results in firmware parsing
garbage data as packet length. Sometimes firmware is unable
to read the packet if length comes out as invalid. This stops
further traffic and timeout occurs.
The root cause is uninitialized fields in tx_info(skb->cb) of
packet used to get garbage values. In this case if
MWIFIEX_BUF_FLAG_REQUEUED_PKT flag is mistakenly set, txpd
header was skipped. This patch makes sure that tx_info is
correctly initialized to fix the problem.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Andrew Wiley <wiley.andrew.j@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Linus Gasser <list@markas-al-nour.org>
Reported-by: Michael Hirsch <hirsch@teufel.de>
Tested-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maithili Hinge <maithili@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Split sched scan IEs to band specific and not band specific
blocks. Common IEs blocks may be sent to the FW once per command,
instead of per band.
This allows optimization of size of the command, which may be
required by some drivers (eg. iwlmvm with newer firmware version).
As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers to use the
new version correctly, even if they don't (yet) make use of the
split data.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single
HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support
this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for
HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about
different parts of the scan IEs.
As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to
use the correct new function type/argument.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a Tx hang happens, usually the Tx queue disable fails. At
this point if we try to recover by a VSI reinit the HW gets
unhappy and we get a Malicious Driver Detect (MDD) event.
HW expects a PF reset if a queue disable fails, if we don't do a PF
reset and restart the queue we get an MDD. This patch makes sure we
do a PF reset on Tx hang and that way we avoid any MDD because of Tx
queue disable failure.
Change-ID: I665ab6223577c788da857ee2132e733dc9a451e4
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF reset to clean up at the end of the remove is a nice thing
to do, but it also removes any LAA setting that Wake On LAN wants
for future wake up.
Change-ID: Ic090ec714df2d722281d11735cf75f2aa4432e2c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The LAA is lost on a reset, so be sure to replay it when rebuilding
the switch after any reset.
Change-ID: I6e643f9a59dfd899b6cbdf84d93b4bc9c37bb949
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't short-circuit the LAA assignment when the driver thinks it has
already been done - it is possible that the user might want to force
the address setting again. At the same time, this requires a little
re-ordering of the filter management.
Change-ID: Ia0d71e3bc04edd7b68cf67edecc00abe7b9f6639
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure the Firmware sets up the LAA as a Wake-On-LAN address.
Change-ID: I57b9acd8c288424fcfed0911053eb725c400b41c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ability is already there in the fw and this will make it easy
to toggle link without calling set_phy_config when no other link
settings need to change.
Change-ID: I185567ae81776382ac145247e4eb1ee95f22382c
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
One of the PCTYPES that was moved to a reserved value
wasn't removed from the code.
Change-ID: I31fafe6d79c5f5128179979af5eaafa8c0cd62fe
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the i40e_set_coalesce function to allow 0 as a disable
value. Also, added message to user about invalid value and provides valid
range.
Change-ID: I6c9ff11a9861f2045bd543745a3d132999ffbbd8
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This log print message will probably never be seen, but it needs to match
the "attempting to rebuild switch\n" log message a few lines above.
Change-ID: Ic3f5b4f67568d721cb02e826cf2cb33847f51c11
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the firmware's API minor number is larger than the one expected, log
a warning and recommend driver SW update.
If the firmware's API major or minor number is smaller then the one expected
(n for major, n or n-1 for minor), log a warning and recommend NVM update.
Change-ID: If0b887e055478f8e435ba7fa28113b63a6f1bb35
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As per the spec when the PF driver receives a Malicious driver event
the queue that caused the event is already stopped and it is expected
that the function that owns the queue will reset the queue.
In some cases it may not be possible to determine the queue and it is
suggested to reset the whole function.
This patch takes the later approach when the event is owned by the PF
that owns it.
Change-ID: I40f9764a6a5e068c0ef8438db00c5aa9c2c6c1c8
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The return from i40e_prep_for_reset() was being ignored by almost all
its callers. The one place it wasn't ignored could have caused a silent
and confusing failure of the driver to finish a reset. Since we really
are doing a rebuild anyway, ignore this last case as well and simply
make the function a void type.
Change-ID: Ia4fed7f903d39a6c47c5722625a53e59c3f7ed53
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the host VMM administrator has changed the VF device's MAC address then
the i40e driver needs to halt the VF device so that the administrator will
be forced to reload the VF driver. This will cause the VF driver to start
using the newly assigned MAC address. This brings the i40e driver into
conformance with operational characteristics of other Intel SR-IOV
featured drivers.
Change-ID: Ic7242cceb8287dd2cb72fb1f3166a032a28bf88a
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hi,
This patch fixes warnings generated by sparse as pointed out by kbuild test
robot, please apply to net-next. Applies on top of
commit 79631c89ed ("trivial: net/irda/irlmp.c:
Fix closing brace followed by if")
-Anish
v2: cleanup submission as per davem's feedback
Fixes: 76bcb31efc ("cxgb4 : Add DCBx support codebase and dcbnl_ops")
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code did not allow sending the broadcast filtering command
for P2P Client interfaces. However, this was not enough, since once
broadcast filtering command was issued over the station interface
after the P2P Client connected, the command also attached the filters
to the P2P Client MAC which is not allowed (FW ASSERT 1063).
Fix this skipping P2P Client interfaces when constructing the broadcast
filtering command
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If the device fails during a restart, mac80211 now handles the
situation better but we still have a little bit of cleanup to
do in the driver - add the required code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since the new API allows multiple priorities, we need to
properly set the beacon's prorities in the TX cmd associated
to it.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use extended beacon notification when supported by FW.
Set last beacon system time to AP or GO interface.
System time of last beacon can be used to avoid TBTT overlapping
between two interfaces, CSA and other uses.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Introduce new station flag STA_FLG_DISABLE_TX, which is modified with ADD_STA
command. This flag, when set, disables tx to the STA.
Provide an API (iwl_mvm_sta_modify_disable_tx) to modify this flag, which
should be used in channel switch and immediate quiet flows.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The beacon filtering configuration in d0i3 currently uses
the max value defined as 1024. However, with beacon interval
of 100ms we end up with too-frequent wakeups.
Instead, configure the escape timer to 0, asking the fw
to disable it altogether.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
If BT is active, we need to refrain from using the shared
antenna. This logic is done in the firmware when we use the
link quality tables. But for management frames, the rate is
written in the Tx command by the driver.
Hence the driver needs to make sure not use the shared
antenna when BT is active for any frames that don't use
the rate scale table such as management frames or multicast.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This really belongs to the constants file.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the firmware enables TxTxCorunning, we can lift the
constaints on the rate control.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
We can Tx in MIMO rates when we are in TxTx Disallow mode
just like we can when we are in Tight mode.
Same if we are in 5Ghz regardless of the mode we are.
Change the code to allow MIMO in these cases.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Just in case sizes change in the OTP without proper SW
updating, an additional check is inserted when reading OTP
sections to assure no overflows occur.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Some of the maximum values of the parsed external NVM file
in the B-step of the 8000 HW family were updated, so this
updates these values.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The format of the CSR_HW_REV register has changed in 8000
HW family. To keep backwards compatibility, we store the
value of this register as usual in trans->hw_rev, only we
store it in the old format in this variable.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Don't use nvm_hw pointer if it is NULL. Print an error
message if the MAC address isn't valid.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
iwldvm stalls are often blamed on power management. Add an option
to force it all the way off.
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
I've never seen this happen, but it's useful to rule it out.
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fix NVM channel attributes. Add indoor-only and GO Concurrent
bits. Remove DFS channel bit which is overlapped with radar.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The nvm_file should be loaded by default for SDIO
procucts only. Change the configuration accordingly.
While at it, fix a typo in the device name.
Signed-off-by: Eran Harary <eran.harary@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to use the firmware monitor. This capability
uses a lot of contiguous memory (up to 64MB), so make its
usage module parameter dependent.
The driver will try to allocate as much contiguous memory
as possible downgrading its requirements until the
allocation succeeds.
Dump this data into the fw-error dump file when an error
happens.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This can be useful later for parsing since the parsing may
differ based on the device's family / bus.
Also add the human readable version of the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
MCS32 is currently not supported, so don't
declare support for it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use num of scan channels as advertised by fw TLV.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add one more 7265 series HW ID.
Edit one existing 7265 series HW ID.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.13+]
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The low-priority scan feature can be useful, e.g. for OBSS
scans (if those are required by the AP); add back support
for it, restoring the maximum out time to the value it was
for low-priority scan before that was removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Use ksize to get scan command size instead of calculating it, to
avoid nasty bugs.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The current sched scan channel configuration code
configures all the supported channels for scanning.
However, this can result in SYSASSERT in some cases,
when the configured channel is disabled.
Instead, configure only the channels given in the
req struct, and set the channel_count field appropriately.
While on it, change the code to use channel->hw_value
instead of recalculating the channel number.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The driver (on PF or VF) needs to detect if the function is in qnq mode for
a HW hack in be_rx_compl_get() to work.
The driver queries this information using the GET_PROFILE_CONFIG cmd
(since the commit below can caused this regression.) But this cmd is not
available on VFs and so the VFs fail to detect qnq mode. This causes
vlan traffic to not work.
The fix is to use the the adapter->function_mode value queried via
QUERY_FIRMWARE_CONFIG cmd on both PFs and VFs to detect the qnq mode.
Also QNQ_MODE was incorrectly named FLEX10_MODE; correcting that too as the
fix reads much better with the name change.
Fixes: f93f160b5 ("refactor multi-channel config code for Skyhawk-R chip")
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <Suresh.Reddy@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Till now enic had been doing tx clean in isr.
Using napi infrastructure to move the tx clean up out of isr to softirq.
Now, wq isr schedules napi poll. In enic_poll_msix_wq we clean up the tx queus.
This is applicable only on MSIX. In INTx and MSI we use single napi to clean
both rx & tx queues.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for low latency busy_poll.
* Introduce drivers ndo_busy_poll function enic_busy_poll, which is called by
socket waiting for data.
* Introduce locking between napi_poll nad busy_poll
* enic_busy_poll cleans up all the rx pkts possible. While in busy_poll, rq
holds the state ENIC_POLL_STATE_POLL. While in napi_poll, rq holds the state
ENIC_POLL_STATE_NAPI.
* in napi_poll we return if we are in busy_poll. Incase of INTx & msix, we just
service wq and return if busy_poll is going on.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were experiencing occasional "BUG: scheduling while atomic" splats
in our testing. Enabling DEBUG_SPINLOCK and DEBUG_LOCKDEP in the kernel
exposed a lockdep in the enic driver.
enic 0000:0b:00.0 eth2: Link UP
======================================================
[ INFO: SOFTIRQ-safe -> SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock order detected ]
3.12.0-rc1.x86_64-dbg+ #2 Tainted: GF W
------------------------------------------------------
NetworkManager/4209 [HC0[0]:SC0[2]:HE1:SE0] is trying to acquire:
(&(&enic->devcmd_lock)->rlock){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffffa026b7e4>] enic_dev_packet_filter+0x44/0x90 [enic]
The fix was to replace spin_lock with spin_lock_bh for the enic
devcmd_lock, so that soft irqs would be disabled while the lock
is held.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Sankar <ssujith@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Camuso <tcamuso@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds supports for Accelerated Receive Flow Steering.
When the desired rx is different from current rq, for a flow, kernel calls the
driver function enic_rx_flow_steer(). enic_rx_flow_steer adds a IP-TCP/UDP
hardware filter.
Driver registers a timer function enic_flow_may_expire. This function is called
every HZ/4 seconds. In this function we check if the added filter has expired
by calling rps_may_expire_flow(). If the flow has expired, it removes the hw
filter.
As of now adaptor supports only IPv4 - TCP/UDP filters.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rx_cpu_rmap provides the reverse irq cpu affinity. This patch allocates and
sets drivers netdev->rx_cpu_rmap accordingly.
rx_cpu_rmap is set in enic_request_intr() which is called by enic_open and
rx_cpu_rmap is freed in enic_free_intr() which is called by enic_stop.
This is used by Accelerated RFS.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds interface to add and delete IP 5 tuple filter. This interface
is used by Accelerated RFS code to steer a flow to corresponding receive
queue.
As of now adaptor supports only ipv4 + tcp/udp packet steering.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware (in readq(&devcmd->args[0])) returns positive number in case of error.
But _vnic_dev_cmd should return a negative value in case of error.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TDLS initiator is set once during link setup. If determines the
address ordering in the link identifier IE.
Fix dependent drivers - mwifiex and mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using perm_addr is always wrong, it may be reassigned by
anyone using standard netdev APIs. Remove that from the
match function and also use the match function where only
the perm_addr was used now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the driver support for the cc2520 radio.
Driver support:
- Tx and Rx of IEEE-802.15.4 packets
- Energy Detection on channel
- Setting the Channel for the radio. [b/w 11 - 26 channels]
- Start and Stop the radio
- h/w address filtering
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8eba0eefae ("at86rf230: remove irq_type in
request_irq") removed the trigger configuration when requesting an irq,
and instead relied on the interrupt trigger to be properly configured
already. This does not seem to be an assumption that can be safely made,
since boards disable all interrupt triggers on boot.
On these boards, force the irq to trigger on rising edge, which is also
the default for the chip.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/phy/at803x.c:196:26-32: ERROR: application of sizeof to pointer
sizeof when applied to a pointer typed expression gives the size of
the pointer
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/noderef.cocci
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Mack <zonque@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The time comparsion functions require arguments of type unsigned long
instead of (signed) long.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Schölling <manuel.schoelling@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Single ported VF are currently not supported on configurations where
one or both ports are IB. When we hit this case, the relevant flow in
the driver didn't return error and jumped to the wrong label. Fix that.
Fixes: dd41cc3 ('net/mlx4: Adapt num_vfs/probed_vf params for single port VF')
Reported-by: Shirley Ma <shirley.ma@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It now takes up to 60 seconds to detect cable (un)plug on ADMtek Comet chips.
That's too slow and might cause people to think that it doesn't work at all.
Poll link status every 2 seconds instead of 60 for ADMtek Comet chips.
That should be fast enough while not stressing the system too much.
Tested with ADMtek AN983B.
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Zary <linux@rainbow-software.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Messages from the modem exceeding 256 bytes cause communication
failure.
The WDM protocol is strictly "read on demand", meaning that we only
poll for unread data after receiving a notification from the modem.
Since we have no way to know how much data the modem has to send,
we must make sure that the buffer we provide is "big enough".
Message truncation does not work. Truncated messages are left unread
until the modem has another message to send. Which often won't
happen until the userspace application has given up waiting for the
final part of the last message, and therefore sends another command.
With a proper CDC WDM function there is a descriptor telling us
which buffer size the modem uses. But with this vendor specific
implementation there is no known way to calculate the exact "big
enough" number. It is an unknown property of the modem firmware.
Experience has shown that 256 is too small. The discussion of
this failure ended up concluding that 512 might be too small as
well. So 1024 seems like a reasonable value for now.
Fixes: 41c47d8cfd ("net: huawei_cdc_ncm: Introduce the huawei_cdc_ncm driver")
Cc: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Acked-By: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 629c9a8fd0 (drivers: net: cpsw: Add
default vlan for dual emac case also), api cpsw_add_default_vlan() also
changes the port vlan which is required to seperate the ports which results
in the following behavior
In Dual EMAC mode, when both the Etnernet connected is connected to same
switch, it creates a loop in the switch and when a broadcast packet is
received it is forwarded to the other port which stalls the whole switch
and needs a reset/power cycle to the switch to recover. So intead of using
the api, add only the default VLAN entry in dual EMAC case.
Cc: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Tested-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reconnecting to the backend (after a resume/migration, for example),
a different number of queues may be required (since the guest may have
moved to a different host with different capabilities). During the
reconnection the old queues are torn down and new ones created.
Introduce xennet_create_queues() and xennet_destroy_queues() that fixes
three bugs during the reconnection.
- The old info->queues was leaked.
- The old queue's napi instances were not deleted.
- The new queue's napi instances were left disabled (which meant no
packets could be received).
The xennet_destroy_queues() calls is deferred until the reconnection
instead of the disconnection (in xennet_disconnect_backend()) because
napi_disable() might sleep.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xennet_disconnect_backend() was not correctly iterating over all the
queues.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AT8030 will enter a FIFO error mode if a packet is transmitted while
the cable is unplugged. This hardware issue is acknowledged by the
vendor, and the only proposed solution is to conduct a hardware reset
via the external pin each time the link goes down. There is apparantly
no way to fix up the state via the register set.
This patch adds support for reading a 'reset-gpios' property from the DT
node of the PHY. If present, this gpio is used to apply a hardware reset
each time a 'link down' condition is detected. All relevant registers
are read out before, and written back after the reset cycle.
Doing this every time the link goes down might seem like overkill, but
there is unfortunately no way of figuring out whether the PHY is in
such a lock-up state. Hence, this is the only way of reliably fixing up
things.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <zonque@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes magic values from two tables and also allows us to match
against specific PHY models at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <zonque@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a notify callback to inform phy drivers when the core is about to
do its link adjustment. No change for drivers that do not implement
this callback.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <zonque@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2014-06-20
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Anjali provides an update to the registers to handle the updates from the
hardware. Also provides a fix so that we do not try to access the rings
through the qvectors at the time of freeing the qvectors.
Jesse provides a workaround for some older NVM versions where the NVM
was not filling in the GLQF_HKEY register, so made sure that the
critical register is initialized.
Michal provides a fix to reset the head and tail on admin queue
initialization where head and tail are not reset by the hardware.
Neerav adds a helper routine that would wait for the Rx/Tx queue to reach
the enable or disable state that is requested. Also provides a fix
to the debugfs command "lldp get remote" which was dumping the local
LLDPDU instead of the peer's LLDPDU. Fixed a bug when all the Tx hang
recovery mechanisms have failed and the driver tries to bring down the
interface in the interrupt context.
Shannon provides a patch to clear the Virtual Ethernet Bridge (VEB) stats
when the PF stats are cleared. Also cleans the service tasks so that
they do not run while a reset is in progress.
Mitch fixes an issue in i40evf_get_rxfh() where only fifteen registers
were being read instead of all sixteen.
Carolyn provides a change to the RSS configuration to set table size and
write to the hardware to confirm the RSS table size being used.
Kamil makes a change to the admin queue debug prints so that they will not
cause segmentation faults in some of our tool applications.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/main.c:299 ath_reset_internal()
error: we previously assumed 'hchan' could be null (see line 293)
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows new devices users to save some space.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Old devices (A-PHY or B-PHY) are supposed to be supported by b43legacy.
We keep phy_a.c as it's needed for G-PHY which shares some design.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On some platforms, cycles_t is 64-bit, and gcc generates call to
__udivdi3 for straight division of cycles_t/cycles_t. This leads
to compilation failure, as this function is not exist in the kernel
runtime. do_div() to rescue
Original report:
tree: git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next.git master
head: 2e91606f5e
commit: 7c0acf868d [81/103] wil6210: Tx performance monitoring
config: i386-randconfig-ha3-0620 (attached as .config)
All error/warnings:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `wil_vring_debugfs_show':
>> debugfs.c:(.text+0x39b9be): undefined reference to `__udivdi3'
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Why is converting time formats so desired if there are proper
interfaces for this?
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some AQ debug prints needs be moved around or do additional checks so they
will not cause our tool applications to cause segmentation faults.
The tools run in user space and we need to correctly reference kernel
space memory.
Change-ID: Ia2ac4076f576b805f350453fd50ad69c2a91ab9a
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the RSS configuration to set table size
and write to hardware to confirm RSS table size being used.
Change-ID: I455a4c09c9dd479f5791ee1f09fdc83ff9908df5
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-06-18
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.16 stream!
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"This is our first batch of fixes for 3.16. Be aware that two patches here
are not exactly bugfixes:
* 71f28af57066 Bluetooth: Add clarifying comment for conn->auth_type
This commit just add some important security comments to the code, we found
it important enough to include it here for 3.16 since it is security related.
* 9f7ec8871132 Bluetooth: Refactor discovery stopping into its own function
This commit is just a refactor in a preparation for a fix in the next
commit (f8680f128b).
All the other patches are fixes for deadlocks and for the Bluetooth protocols,
most of them related to authentication and encryption."
On top of that...
Chin-Ran Lo fixes a problems with overlapping DMA areas in mwifiex.
Michael Braun corrects a couple of issues in order to enable a new
device in rt2800usb.
Rafał Miłecki reverts a b43 patch that caused a regression, fixes a
Kconfig typo, and corrects a frequency reporting error with the G-PHY.
Stanislaw Grsuzka fixes an rfkill regression for rt2500pci, and avoids
a rt2x00 scheduling while atomic BUG.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: kfree(NULL) is safe this check is probably not required
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: kfree(NULL) is safe this check is probably not required
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RNDIS_STATUS_NETWORK_CHANGE event is received after the Hyper-V host
sleep or hibernation. We refresh network at this time.
MS-TFS: 135162
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d3f6f3a1d8 ("tg3: Prevent page
allocation failure during TSO workaround") modified driver logic
to use tg3_tso_bug() for any TSO fragment that hits hardware bug
conditions thus the patch increased the scope of work for tg3_tso_bug()
to cover devices that support NETIF_F_TSO6 as well. Prior to the
patch, tg3_tso_bug() would only be used on devices supporting
NETIF_F_TSO.
A regression was introduced for IPv6 packets requiring the workaround.
To properly perform GSO on SKBs with TCPV6 gso_type, we need to call
skb_gso_segment() with NETIF_F_TSO6 feature flag cleared, or the
function will return NULL and cause a kernel oops as tg3 is not handling
a NULL return value. This patch fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The loop in i40evf_get_rxfh_indir was only reading fifteen registers,
not all sixteen. Change the matching loop in i40evf_set_rxfh_indir at
the same time to make the code more consistent.
Change-ID: I6c182287698e742d1f6ca1a4bcc43cc08df6e1de
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure the service tasks don't try to meddle with the
device while a reset is in progress. Odd things can happen
such as funky stats values.
Change-ID: I6929cb9d6d96839c9279362ca7c0e3fe6c8fcc66
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VEB really is part of the whole PF and should be cleared
at the same time.
Change-ID: Ia1d4d1df5cf421f2578a22486650dd256cc4617a
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The bug is encountered when all the Tx hang recovery mechanisms have
failed and driver tries to bring down the interface in the interrupt context.
The patch defers this and schedules it for next cycle.
Change-ID: Id9cd1da15b0e5c018dce18da4d0eed5ef1e8a809
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the debugfs command "lldp get remote" that dumped the local
LLDPDU instead of peer's LLDPDU.
Change-ID: I0702eacdafd54478c18f20cab3a7fa5dc1b3182d
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce helper routines that would wait for the Rx/Tx queue
to reach the enable or disable state as requested.
Change-ID: I518d9d0e2afef3f45107af3b46e9af402ff587c3
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we resize the number of queues, the driver needs to disassociate any
qvectors that are no longer in use from the original rings, this way we
do not try to access the rings through these qvectors at the time of freeing
the qvectors.
Change-ID: Ie4eb9fc749f8e12348517fe1560f599c58f4a2a4
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reset head and tail on admin queue initialization where H/T are
not reset by HW.
Change-ID: I6db8a2dd3f05ce66410a92cce016191add04760e
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVM wasn't filling in the GLQF_HKEY register on
some old NVM versions. If this is the case, fill
in some values so receive with flow rules works right.
Change-ID: Ic737888ee68f96efb4cf8a1a49d2301615e09ed2
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This updates the register file for new hardware.
The format of the file has changed requiring drivers to
declare I40E_MASK. I40E_MASK is to be used with 32 bit registers.
This patch also updates the drivers to accommodate the register changes.
Change-ID: If9bc8d736391024cbf99054efe50f9acc12ee4f1
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixing following sh-allmodconfig errors reported on kisskb
"
drivers/net/wireless/orinoco/orinoco_cs.c:153:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'ioport_map' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/wireless/orinoco/orinoco_cs.c:205:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'ioport_unmap' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
"
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixing following sh-allmodconfig errors reported on kisskb
"
drivers/net/wireless/libertas/if_cs.c:826:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'ioport_unmap' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/wireless/libertas/if_cs.c:878:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'ioport_map' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
"
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixing following sh-allmodconfig errors reported on kisskb
"
drivers/net/wireless/orinoco/spectrum_cs.c:216:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'ioport_map' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/wireless/orinoco/spectrum_cs.c:273:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'ioport_unmap' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
"
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix checkpatch warning:
WARNING: kfree(NULL) is safe this check is probably not required
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Provide both event (netif_tx_[stop|wake]) tracking via printk;
and state via debugfs 'info'
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Track number of interrupts and Tx/Rx packets;
expose through debugfs 'info'. Reset upon read.
Used to analyse effectivness of interrupt coalescing and NAPI.
Read twice with some interval like
cat info > /dev/null; sleep 1; cat info
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use 'info' debugfs entry for misc. assorted information.
Start with indication whether platform is AC-powered;
will use it later for power related decisions
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are platforms where INTx can't be routed by ACPI,
this leads to pci_enable_device failure. Re-try pretending we have
MSI already configured; in this case pci_enable_device do not try
to configure INTx. However, MSI could still work.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As reported by Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>:
The patch a715c7ddd6: "wil6210: improve debug for WMI receive" from
May 29, 2014, leads to the following static checker warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/wmi.c:746 wmi_recv_cmd()
info: ignoring unreachable code.
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/wmi.c
739 spin_unlock_irqrestore(&wil->wmi_ev_lock, flags);
740 {
741 int q = queue_work(wil->wmi_wq,
742 &wil->wmi_event_worker);
743 wil_dbg_wmi(wil, "queue_work -> %d\n", q);
744 }
745 }
746 if (n > 1)
^^^^^^^^^^
We never reach this if statemtent.
747 wil_dbg_wmi(wil, "%s -> %d events processed\n", __func__, n);
748 }
Exit loop with "break", not "return".
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
New registers area introduced, mark corresponded address range as valid
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the pcie_bus.c, knowledge about debugfs is not necessary
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For the AP-like interface, if "disconnect all" requested,
every station should be deleted with cfg80211_del_sta().
Implement this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On Tx path, when vring for the destination not found,
it was considered as error and message was printed unconditionally.
However, this situation is normal after disconnect. If disconnect was while
heavy traffic load, lots of Tx packets will be dropped and this would
cause significant amount of prints in dmesg.
Demote messages priority from 'error' to 'debug'.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Expose operational frequency and link info
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Print to dmesg when FW error notification is about to be sent
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Interrupt threshold registers may be written to.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Usable for debugging, to be able to obtain FW traces
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For performance monitoring, trace time intervals when Tx vring
is idle/not idle. Use CPU cycle counter for this, because jiffies is
too rough, and other precise time measurement methods involve
overhead while get_cycles() should be fast.
This used to provide some estimation for percentage when Tx vring
was idle, i.e. when hardware is under-utilized.
Estimation is not precise because of many reasons - CPU frequency scaling,
grt_cycles() may be per core etc. But still, it is good estimation
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
print used/available counters on debugfs;
print to dmesg when Tx vring becomes empty
This aids with performance investigation
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
print essential info to dmesg
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the wil_cfg80211_start_ap(), debug print selected data:
- beacon (before and after fix-up)
- crypto parameters
- mark start/stop AP invocation
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Inform cfg80211 about Tx result
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Provide 2 files on the debugfs:
- "rxon": write channel (1..4) to open Rx on it, 0 to rxoff
- "tx_mgmt": write binary frame, starting from MAC header
one need to care about turning receiver on/off before/after tx_mgmt
Correct sequence is:
echo $channel > rxon
cat mfmt_frame > tx_mgmt
echo 0 > rxon
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added support for host based bgscan. The h/w queues are blocked
while bgscan is being performed and after coming to the connected
channel, the queues are unblocked.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Send the QoS null packet via mgmt queue.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The number of packets being dequeued from s/w queues was fixed -
changed it to a dynamic calculation based on txop. There are also
some fixes to the dequeuing algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changed the SDIO interrupt variables and some clean ups.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use SGI if configured while sending data packets at a fixed rate.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lower level debug messages for some frames and changed confirm
received for rsi_program_bb_rf() to a valid case.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Made required changes to rsi_set_channel() and rsi_program_bb_rf()
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changed the radio caps frame and added the required fields.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added macros for the endpoints and set the default value of endpoint
to 2.4GHz and 20MHz.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changed the function header to match the function name.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changed the queue numbers to macros, and corrected the mappings.
Signed-off-by: Jahnavi Meher <jahnavi.meher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the zeroing function instead of dma_alloc_coherent & memset(,0,)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use seperate tx queue for each AC in each channel context and expose
these information to mac80211 to avoid stopping one channel context
leads to stopping the entire traffic for that AC even on other contexts.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Configure the TSF based hardware timer for a channel switch.
Also set up backup software timer, in case the gen timer fails.
This could be caused by a hardware reset.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TSF time might have been updated by the incoming beacon,
need update the channel switch timer to reflect the change.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In multi channel context (AP + STA case), adjust the TSF time of
the AP chanctx to keep its beacons at half beacon interval offset
relative to the STA chanctx.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update current offchannel duration during scan or roc request.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a basic state machine for switch channel context
for beacon transmission.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Group and set hw state (opmode, primary_sta, beacon conf) per
channel context instead of whole list of vifs. This would allow
each channel context to run in different mode (STA/AP).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Save TSF in channel context for multiple operating channels.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Retrieve appropriate operating channel context while switching
between operating and off channels.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add channel context operations (add, remove, change, assign and
unassign) to enable support for multiple channels.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add remain on channel support in order to enable multi-channel
concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement hw_scan support for enabling multi-channel cuncurrency.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While leaving from or entering to active channel context, send out
nullfunc frame to inform to the AP about the presence of station.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Force queueing of all frames that belong to a virtual interface on
a different channel context, to ensure that they are sent on the
correct channel.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel context worker is used to switch to next requested
channel context.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support to maintain per-channel ACs list.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel context structure is defined to enable
multi-channel concurrency support.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since CL_PRINTF only ever takes a single argument, make sure a format
string cannot leak into printk.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix rsi_module_init() to propagate sdio_register_driver() errors.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
module_usb_driver eliminates the boilerplate and makes the code simpler,
in addition to the fact currently rsi_module_init() ignores usb_deregister() error.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For users who do not need wowlan, load mwifiex.ko with
disconnect_on_suspend = 1; or iw phy0 wowlan disable.
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When magic-packet is generated as a UDP packet the offset should
be 20+8 more bytes to cover IPv4 header and UDP header. So the
total offset become 56.
Add a new MEF entry to support both magic-packet patterns
generated by different tools.
Cc: Andreas Fenkart <afenkart@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhiyuan Yang <yangzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We setup BCN_OFFSET{0,1} registers dynamically, don't have to
initialize them.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When no beaconing is needed, first stop beacon queue (disable beaconing
globally) to avoid possible sending of not prepared beacon on short
period after clearing beacon and before stop of BCN queue.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We setup MAC_BSSID_DW1_BSS_BCN_NUM dynamically when numbers of active
beacons increase. Change default to 0 to tell hardware that we want to
send only one beacon as default.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As reported by Matthias, on 5572 chip, even if we clear up TXWI
of corresponding beacon, hardware still try to send it or do other
action that increase power consumption peak up to 1A.
To avoid the issue, setup beaconing dynamically by configuring offsets
of currently active beacons and MAC_BSSID_DW1_BSS_BCN_NUM variable,
which limit number of beacons that hardware will try to send.
Reported-by: Matthias Fend <Matthias.Fend@wolfvision.net>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is needed for further changes to keep global variables
consistent when changing beaconing on diffrent vif's.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A custom regulatory domain was introduced in this commit:
cc0ba0d mwifiex: support custom world regulatory domain
The commit description says that it was introduced because the world
regulatory domain does not include channels 52-64 and 100-140. These
channels are described in the world regulatory domain now, so we can
drop this custom regulatory domain.
Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a risk that the variables will be used without being initialized.
Have also moved variable to the part of the code where it is used.
This was largely found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a risk that the variable will be used without being initialized.
This was largely found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a risk that the variable will be used without being initialized.
This was largely found by using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Band switching code needs to know what channel we switch to.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
PHY may need to be re-initialized during runtime (e.g. on band switch).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is tiny optimization and grouping band/channel ops.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There aren't devices with multiple 802.11 cores supported by b43.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It was never used, b43_switch_channel is always called with hw_value
(from mac80211) or whatever get_default_chan returns.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
RX descriptor data must be read only if the descriptor has been fully
updated by HW.
There is a "ownership" flag in the descriptor itself to test this.
The driver code contains a read for the "ownership" flag and, after
it, other read access for descriptor data.
This is in DMA coherent memory, that is _not_ guaranteed to be immune
to instruction reordering, thus it is possible that the descriptor
data is read _before_ the "ownership" flag.
This can theoretically lead to a DMA/CPU race that may end up with the
driver reading the data when it is still not valid, and the "ownership"
bit just after enough time that the HW make the whole descriptor valid.
The driver will in this case believe the data is valid, but it will use
the invalid data read earlier.
In order to avoid this, this patch adds a rmb() to force the "ownership"
bit read to be issued before other descriptor data reads are attempted.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes the driver report signal information for rtl8185
boards using dBm instead of unspecified unit.
Rtl8180 remains untouched.
I did some tests to confirm the correctness of the measure performed
by the board and it seems reasonably correct.
The test setup has been made by connecting an AP with coax and
RF attenuators to the card antenna port.
In order to get a reference measure I tried with several cards with
different chipset I own. I found that many gave different results, and
I finally selected two cards that gave me consistent results to use
as reference: AR9271 and Prism54-usb (isl3887 with Frisbee radio).
Using this references I compared the RSSI information with my rtl8185
and I repeated tests with three different attenuation values, increasing
attenuation by 10dB each step.
I made only relative measures, making NO assumption about source power.
CCK measures seem very close to my references, OFDM are a little bit
less precise but, considering that these cards are not measuring
instrumentation, IMHO this is still fairly good.
CCK measures (1Mbps beacons)
ATTENUATOR 1
p54usb: -58dBm
ath9k_htc: -59dBm
rtl8185: -59dBm
ATTENUATOR 2
p54usb: -67dBm
ath9k_htc: -68dBm
rtl8185: -70dBm
ATTENUATOR 3
p54usb: -78dBm
ath9k_htc: -79dBm
rtl8185: -79dBm
OFDM measures (54Mbps ping)
ATTENUATOR 1
p54usb: -58dBm
ath9k_htc: -57dBm
rtl8185: -62dBm
ATTENUATOR 2
p54usb: -68dBm
rtl8185: -71dBm
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
remove the if-else chains and use switch-case to make code more
readable and avoiding long lines that broke in several lines
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch remove variables that are initialized with a constant,
are never updated, and are only used as parameter of return.
Return the constant instead of using a variable.
Verified by compilation only.
The coccinelle script that find and fixes this issue is:
// <smpl>
@@
type T;
constant C;
identifier ret;
@@
- T ret = C;
... when != ret
when strict
return
- ret
+ C
;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch remove variables that are initialized with a constant,
are never updated, and are only used as parameter of return.
Return the constant instead of using a variable.
wl_cfg80211.c verified by compilation only.
phy/phy_cmn.c unverified.
The coccinelle script that find and fixes this issue is:
// <smpl>
@@
type T;
constant C;
identifier ret;
@@
- T ret = C;
... when != ret
when strict
return
- ret
+ C
;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the underlying device supports TCP offloads for VXLAN/UDP
encapulated traffic, we need to reflect that through the hw_enc_features
field of the bonding net-device. This will cause the xmit path
in the core networking stack to provide bonding with encapsulated
GSO frames to offload into the HW etc.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added FUJITSU SIEMENS A8NE-FM to the list of 32bit DMA boards
>From Tomi O.:
After I added an entry to this MB into the skge.c
driver in order to enable the mentioned 64bit dma disable quirk,
the network data corruptions ended and everything is fine again.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 96c50caa51 (net: fec: Enable IP header hardware checksum)
enable HW IP header checksum for IPV4 and IPV6, which causes IPV6 TCP/UDP
cannot work. (The issue is reported by Russell King)
For FEC IP header checksum function: Insert IP header checksum. This "IINS"
bit is written by the user. If set, IP accelerator calculates the IP header
checksum and overwrites the IINS corresponding header field with the calculated
value. The checksum field must be cleared by user, otherwise the checksum
always is 0xFFFF.
So the previous patch clear IP header checksum field regardless of IP frame
type.
In fact, IP HW detect the packet as IPV6 type, even if the "IINS" bit is set,
the IP accelerator is not triggered to calculates IPV6 header checksum because
IPV6 frame format don't have checksum.
So this results in the IPV6 frame being corrupted.
The patch just add software detect the current packet type, if it is IPV6
frame, it don't clear IP header checksum field.
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Reported-and-tested-by: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
separate the mrf24j40 hardware initialisation from probe()
and adds the sanity checkings.
These checkings are required if somebody hasn't a right spi configuration
the probe function should fail. So we have to return from there.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Niels, starting rfkill polling during device probe
(commit e2bc7c5, generally sane change) broke rfkill on rt2500pci
device. I considered that bug as some initalization issue, which
should be fixed on rt2500pci specific code. But after several
attempts (see bug report for details) we fail to find working solution.
Hence I decided to revert to old behaviour on rt2500pci to fix
regression.
Additionally patch also unregister rfkill on device remove instead
of ifconfig down, what was another issue introduced by bad commit.
Bug report:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=73821
Fixes: e2bc7c5f3c ("rt2x00: Fix rfkill_polling register function.")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Bisected-by: Niels <nille0386@googlemail.com>
Reported-and-tested-by: Niels <nille0386@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <stf_xl@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Support for firmware rev 508+ was added years ago, but we never noticed
it reports channel in a different way for G-PHY devices. Instead of
offset from 2400 MHz it simply passes channel id (AKA hw_value).
So far it was (most probably) affecting monitor mode users only, but
the following recent commit made it noticeable for quite everybody:
commit 3afc2167f6
Author: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Date: Tue Mar 4 16:50:13 2014 +0200
cfg80211/mac80211: ignore signal if the frame was heard on wrong channel
Reported-by: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Tested-by: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The device 057c:8501 (AVM Fritz! WLAN v2 rev. B) boots into a state that does
not actually require loading a firmware file. The vendors driver finds out
about this by checking a firmware state register, so this patch adds this here.
Finally, with this patch applied, my wifi dongle actually becomes
useful (scan + connect to wpa network works).
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The device 057c:8501 (AVM Fritz! WLAN v2 rev. B) currently does not
load. One thing observed is that the vendors driver detects EFUSE mode
for this device, but rt2800usb does not. This is due to rt2800usb
lacking a check for the firmware mode present in the vendors driver,
that this patch adopts for rt2800usb.
With this patch applied, the 'RF chipset' detection does no longer fail.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
c25aaf814a: "hyperv: Enable sendbuf mechanism on the send path" added
some teardown code that looks like it was copied from the recieve path
above, but missed a variable name replacement.
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'i' is unused in tile_net_dev_init() after commit d581ebf5a1
("net: tile: Use helpers from linux/etherdevice.h to check/set MAC").
Signed-off-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit "slip: Fix deadlock in write_wakeup" fixes a deadlock caused
by a change made in both slcan and slip. This is a direct port of that
fix.
Signed-off-by: Tyler Hall <tylerwhall@gmail.com>
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: Andre Naujoks <nautsch2@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use schedule_work() to avoid potentially taking the spinlock in
interrupt context.
Commit cc9fa74e2a ("slip/slcan: added locking in wakeup function") added
necessary locking to the wakeup function and 367525c8c2/ddcde142be ("can:
slcan: Fix spinlock variant") converted it to spin_lock_bh() because the lock
is also taken in timers.
Disabling softirqs is not sufficient, however, as tty drivers may call
write_wakeup from interrupt context. This driver calls tty->ops->write() with
its spinlock held, which may immediately cause an interrupt on the same CPU and
subsequent spin_bug().
Simply converting to spin_lock_irq/irqsave() prevents this deadlock, but
causes lockdep to point out a possible circular locking dependency
between these locks:
(&(&sl->lock)->rlock){-.....}, at: slip_write_wakeup
(&port_lock_key){-.....}, at: serial8250_handle_irq.part.13
The slip transmit is holding the slip spinlock when calling the tty write.
This grabs the port lock. On an interrupt, the handler grabs the port
lock and calls write_wakeup which grabs the slip lock. This could be a
problem if a serial interrupt occurs on another CPU during the slip
transmit.
To deal with these issues, don't grab the lock in the wakeup function by
deferring the writeout to a workqueue. Also hold the lock during close
when de-assigning the tty pointer to safely disarm the worker and
timers.
This bug is easily reproducible on the first transmit when slip is
used with the standard 8250 serial driver.
[<c0410b7c>] (spin_bug+0x0/0x38) from [<c006109c>] (do_raw_spin_lock+0x60/0x1d0)
r5:eab27000 r4:ec02754c
[<c006103c>] (do_raw_spin_lock+0x0/0x1d0) from [<c04185c0>] (_raw_spin_lock+0x28/0x2c)
r10:0000001f r9:eabb814c r8:eabb8140 r7:40070193 r6:ec02754c r5:eab27000
r4:ec02754c r3:00000000
[<c0418598>] (_raw_spin_lock+0x0/0x2c) from [<bf3a0220>] (slip_write_wakeup+0x50/0xe0 [slip])
r4:ec027540 r3:00000003
[<bf3a01d0>] (slip_write_wakeup+0x0/0xe0 [slip]) from [<c026e420>] (tty_wakeup+0x48/0x68)
r6:00000000 r5:ea80c480 r4:eab27000 r3:bf3a01d0
[<c026e3d8>] (tty_wakeup+0x0/0x68) from [<c028a8ec>] (uart_write_wakeup+0x2c/0x30)
r5:ed68ea90 r4:c06790d8
[<c028a8c0>] (uart_write_wakeup+0x0/0x30) from [<c028dc44>] (serial8250_tx_chars+0x114/0x170)
[<c028db30>] (serial8250_tx_chars+0x0/0x170) from [<c028dffc>] (serial8250_handle_irq+0xa0/0xbc)
r6:000000c2 r5:00000060 r4:c06790d8 r3:00000000
[<c028df5c>] (serial8250_handle_irq+0x0/0xbc) from [<c02933a4>] (dw8250_handle_irq+0x38/0x64)
r7:00000000 r6:edd2f390 r5:000000c2 r4:c06790d8
[<c029336c>] (dw8250_handle_irq+0x0/0x64) from [<c028d2f4>] (serial8250_interrupt+0x44/0xc4)
r6:00000000 r5:00000000 r4:c06791c4 r3:c029336c
[<c028d2b0>] (serial8250_interrupt+0x0/0xc4) from [<c0067fe4>] (handle_irq_event_percpu+0xb4/0x2b0)
r10:c06790d8 r9:eab27000 r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:0000001f r5:edd52980
r4:ec53b6c0 r3:c028d2b0
[<c0067f30>] (handle_irq_event_percpu+0x0/0x2b0) from [<c006822c>] (handle_irq_event+0x4c/0x6c)
r10:c06790d8 r9:eab27000 r8:c0673ae0 r7:c05c2020 r6:ec53b6c0 r5:edd529d4
r4:edd52980
[<c00681e0>] (handle_irq_event+0x0/0x6c) from [<c006b140>] (handle_level_irq+0xe8/0x100)
r6:00000000 r5:edd529d4 r4:edd52980 r3:00022000
[<c006b058>] (handle_level_irq+0x0/0x100) from [<c00676f8>] (generic_handle_irq+0x30/0x40)
r5:0000001f r4:0000001f
[<c00676c8>] (generic_handle_irq+0x0/0x40) from [<c000f57c>] (handle_IRQ+0xd0/0x13c)
r4:ea997b18 r3:000000e0
[<c000f4ac>] (handle_IRQ+0x0/0x13c) from [<c00086c4>] (armada_370_xp_handle_irq+0x4c/0x118)
r8:000003ff r7:ea997b18 r6:ffffffff r5:60070013 r4:c0674dc0
[<c0008678>] (armada_370_xp_handle_irq+0x0/0x118) from [<c0013840>] (__irq_svc+0x40/0x70)
Exception stack(0xea997b18 to 0xea997b60)
7b00: 00000001 20070013
7b20: 00000000 0000000b 20070013 eab27000 20070013 00000000 ed10103e eab27000
7b40: c06790d8 ea997b74 ea997b60 ea997b60 c04186c0 c04186c8 60070013 ffffffff
r9:eab27000 r8:ed10103e r7:ea997b4c r6:ffffffff r5:60070013 r4:c04186c8
[<c04186a4>] (_raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x0/0x54) from [<c0288fc0>] (uart_start+0x40/0x44)
r4:c06790d8 r3:c028ddd8
[<c0288f80>] (uart_start+0x0/0x44) from [<c028982c>] (uart_write+0xe4/0xf4)
r6:0000003e r5:00000000 r4:ed68ea90 r3:0000003e
[<c0289748>] (uart_write+0x0/0xf4) from [<bf3a0d20>] (sl_xmit+0x1c4/0x228 [slip])
r10:ed388e60 r9:0000003c r8:ffffffdd r7:0000003e r6:ec02754c r5:ea717eb8
r4:ec027000
[<bf3a0b5c>] (sl_xmit+0x0/0x228 [slip]) from [<c0368d74>] (dev_hard_start_xmit+0x39c/0x6d0)
r8:eaf163c0 r7:ec027000 r6:ea717eb8 r5:00000000 r4:00000000
Signed-off-by: Tyler Hall <tylerwhall@gmail.com>
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: Andre Naujoks <nautsch2@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ethtool is used to update ring sizes on a vmxnet3 interface that isn't
running, the change isn't stored, meaning the ring update is effectively is
ignored and lost without any indication to the user.
Other network drivers store the ring size update so that ring allocation uses
the new sizes next time the interface is brought up. This patch modifies
vmxnet3 to behave this way as well
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
CC: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On PCIe Tx data path, network interface specific tx_info
parameters such as bss_num and bss_type are saved at
"skb->cb + sizeof(dma_addr_t)" (returned by MWIFIEX_SKB_TXCB).
Later mwifiex_map_pci_memory() called from
mwifiex_pcie_send_data() will memcpy
sizeof(struct mwifiex_dma_mapping) bytes to save PCIe DMA
address and length information at beginning of skb->cb.
This accidently overwrites bss_num and bss_type saved in skb->cb
previously because bss_num/bss_type and mwifiex_dma_mapping data
overlap.
Similarly, on PCIe Rx data path, rx_info parameters overlaps
with PCIe DMA address and length information too.
Fix it by defining mwifiex_cb structure and having
MWIFIEX_SKB_TXCB and MWIFIEX_SKB_RXCB return the correct address
of tx_info/rx_info using the structure members.
Also add a BUILD_BUG_ON to maks sure that mwifiex_cb structure
doesn't exceed the size of skb->cb.
Reviewed-by: Aaron Durbin <adurbin@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ran Lo <crlo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes regression introduced by adding some G-PHY devices to the
list of dual band devices. There is simply no support for 5 GHz on
G-PHY devices in b43. It results in:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 79 at drivers/net/wireless/b43/phy_g.c:75 b43_gphy_channel_switch+0x125/0x130 [b43]()
b43-phy1 ERROR: PHY init: Channel switch to default failed
Regression was introduced by the following commit:
commit 773cfc508f
Author: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Date: Mon May 19 23:18:55 2014 +0200
b43: add more devices to the bands database
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Call skb_pop_rcv_encapsulation and postpull_rcsum for the Ethernet
header to work properly with checksum complete.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we mirror packets from a vxlan tunnel to other device,
the mirror device should see the same packets (that is, without
outer header). Because vxlan tunnel sets dev->hard_header_len,
tcf_mirred() resets mac header back to outer mac, the mirror device
actually sees packets with outer headers
Vxlan tunnel should set dev->needed_headroom instead of
dev->hard_header_len, like what other ip tunnels do. This fixes
the above problem.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: stephen hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Seccomp BPF filters can now be JIT'd, from Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Multiqueue support in xen-netback and xen-netfront, from Andrew J
Benniston.
3) Allow tweaking of aggregation settings in cdc_ncm driver, from Bjørn
Mork.
4) BPF now has a "random" opcode, from Chema Gonzalez.
5) Add more BPF documentation and improve test framework, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Support TCP fastopen over ipv6, from Daniel Lee.
7) Add software TSO helper functions and use them to support software
TSO in mvneta and mv643xx_eth drivers. From Ezequiel Garcia.
8) Support software TSO in fec driver too, from Nimrod Andy.
9) Add Broadcom SYSTEMPORT driver, from Florian Fainelli.
10) Handle broadcasts more gracefully over macvlan when there are large
numbers of interfaces configured, from Herbert Xu.
11) Allow more control over fwmark used for non-socket based responses,
from Lorenzo Colitti.
12) Do TCP congestion window limiting based upon measurements, from Neal
Cardwell.
13) Support busy polling in SCTP, from Neal Horman.
14) Allow RSS key to be configured via ethtool, from Venkata Duvvuru.
15) Bridge promisc mode handling improvements from Vlad Yasevich.
16) Don't use inetpeer entries to implement ID generation any more, it
performs poorly, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1522 commits)
rtnetlink: fix userspace API breakage for iproute2 < v3.9.0
tcp: fixing TLP's FIN recovery
net: fec: Add software TSO support
net: fec: Add Scatter/gather support
net: fec: Increase buffer descriptor entry number
net: fec: Factorize feature setting
net: fec: Enable IP header hardware checksum
net: fec: Factorize the .xmit transmit function
bridge: fix compile error when compiling without IPv6 support
bridge: fix smatch warning / potential null pointer dereference
via-rhine: fix full-duplex with autoneg disable
bnx2x: Enlarge the dorq threshold for VFs
bnx2x: Check for UNDI in uncommon branch
bnx2x: Fix 1G-baseT link
bnx2x: Fix link for KR with swapped polarity lane
sctp: Fix sk_ack_backlog wrap-around problem
net/core: Add VF link state control policy
net/fsl: xgmac_mdio is dependent on OF_MDIO
net/fsl: Make xgmac_mdio read error message useful
net_sched: drr: warn when qdisc is not work conserving
...
Add software TSO support for FEC.
This feature allows to improve outbound throughput performance.
Tested on imx6dl sabresd board, running iperf tcp tests shows:
- 16.2% improvement comparing with FEC SG patch
- 82% improvement comparing with NO SG & TSO patch
$ ethtool -K eth0 tso on
$ iperf -c 10.192.242.167 -t 3 &
[ 3] local 10.192.242.108 port 35388 connected with 10.192.242.167 port 5001
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0- 3.0 sec 181 MBytes 506 Mbits/sec
During the testing, CPU loading is 30%.
Since imx6dl FEC Bandwidth is limited to SOC system bus bandwidth, the
performance with SW TSO is a milestone.
CC: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
CC: Li Frank <B20596@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Scatter/gather support for FEC.
This feature allows to improve outbound throughput performance.
Tested on imx6dl sabresd board:
Running iperf tests shows a 55.4% improvement.
$ ethtool -K eth0 sg off
$ iperf -c 10.192.242.167 -t 3 &
[ 3] local 10.192.242.108 port 52618 connected with 10.192.242.167 port 5001
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0- 3.0 sec 99.5 MBytes 278 Mbits/sec
$ ethtool -K eth0 sg on
$ iperf -c 10.192.242.167 -t 3 &
[ 3] local 10.192.242.108 port 52617 connected with 10.192.242.167 port 5001
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 3] 0.0- 3.0 sec 154 MBytes 432 Mbits/sec
CC: Li Frank <B20596@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support SG, software TSO, let's increase BD entry number.
CC: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to enhance the code readable, let's factorize the
feature list.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP header checksum is calcalated by network layer in default.
To support software TSO, it is better to use HW calculate the
IP header checksum.
FEC hw checksum feature request the checksum field in frame
is zero, otherwise the calculative CRC is not correct.
For segmentated TCP packet, HW calculate the IP header checksum again,
it doesn't bring any impact. For SW TSO, HW calculated checksum bring
better performance.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the code more readable and easy to support other features like
SG, TSO, moving the common transmit function to one api.
And the patch also factorize the getting BD index to it own function.
CC: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With some specific configuration (VT6105M on Soekris 5510 and depending
on the device at the other end), fragmented packets were not transmitted
when forcing 100 full-duplex with autoneg disable.
This fix now write full-duplex chips register when forcing full or
half-duplex not only when autoneg is enable.
Signed-off-by: François Cachereul <f.cachereul@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A malicious VF might try to starve the other VFs & PF by creating
contineous doorbell floods. In order to negate this, HW has a threshold of
doorbells per client, which will stop the client doorbells from arriving
if crossed.
The threshold currently configured for VFs is too low - under extreme traffic
scenarios, it's possible for a VF to reach the threshold and thus for its
fastpath to stop working.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If L2FW utilized by the UNDI driver has the same version number as that
of the regular FW, a driver loading after UNDI and receiving an uncommon
answer from management will mistakenly assume the loaded FW matches its
own requirement and try to exist the flow via FLR.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the phy access mode even in case of link-flap avoidance.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yaniv.rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids clearing the RX polarity setting in KR mode when polarity lane
is swapped, as otherwise this will result in failed link.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yaniv.rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/core/rtnetlink.c
net/core/skbuff.c
Both conflicts were very simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print the device address, the register number and the PHY ID for
which the MDIO read operation failed
Signed-off-by: Shruti Kanetkar <Shruti@Freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need to gro_postpull_rcsum for GRO to work with checksum complete.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Check interrupt mode at the start of qlcnic_set_channels().
- Do not validate ring count if they are not going to change.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pre-allocate the physically contiguous DMA buffer used for
minidump collection at driver load time, rather than at
run time, to minimize allocation failures. Driver will allocate
the buffer at load time if PEX DMA support capability is indicated
by the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently change the kzalloc() to devm_kzalloc() so freeing "ctlr"
here could lead to a double free.
Fixes: e194312854 ('drivers: net: davinci_cpdma: Convert kzalloc() to devm_kzalloc().')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a typo here so we return directly instead of unwinding.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adds the device managed APIs so that no need worry about
freeing the resources.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes:ee45fd92c739
("sfc: Use TX PIO for sufficiently small packets")
The linux net driver uses memcpy_toio() in order to copy into
the PIO buffers.
Even on a 64bit machine this causes 32bit accesses to a write-
combined memory region.
There are hardware limitations that mean that only 64bit
naturally aligned accesses are safe in all cases.
Due to being write-combined memory region two 32bit accesses
may be coalesced to form a 64bit non 64bit aligned access.
Solution was to open-code the memory copy routines using pointers
and to only enable PIO for x86_64 machines.
Not tested on platforms other than x86_64 because this patch
disables the PIO feature on other platforms.
Compile-tested on x86 to ensure that works.
The WARN_ON_ONCE() code in the previous version of this patch
has been moved into the internal sfc debug driver as the
assertion was unnecessary in the upstream kernel code.
This bug fix applies to v3.13 and v3.14 stable branches.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit e9ce7cb6b1 ("xen-netback: Factor queue-specific data into
queue struct") added a use of vzalloc/vfree to interface.c, but
removed the #include <linux/vmalloc.h> statement at the same time,
which causes this build error:
drivers/net/xen-netback/interface.c: In function 'xenvif_free':
drivers/net/xen-netback/interface.c:754:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'vfree' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
vfree(vif->queues);
^
cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Andrew J. Bennieston <andrew.bennieston@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using phy_drivers_register/_unregister functions is proper way to
handle multiple PHY drivers registration. For Realtek PHY drivers
module, it fixes incomplete current error-handlings up and adds
missed unregistration for the RTL8201CP driver.
Signed-off-by: Jongsung Kim <neidhard.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an issue that we cannot use nfs rootfs correctly
on r8a7790 when the command below runs on a host PC.
$ sudo ping -f -l 8 $BOARD_IP_ADDR
Since the driver sets the RACT to 1 in the first while loop of
sh_eth_rx(), the controller accepts a next frame into the next RX
descriptor during the while loop. But, in the first while loop
doesn't allocate a next skb. So, this patch removes the RACT setting
in the first while loop of sh_eth_rx().
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the packet "exceeded" condition in sh_eth_rx() when
RACT in an RX descriptor is not set and the "quota" is 0.
Otherwise, kernel panic happens because the "&n->poll_list" is deleted
twice in sh_eth_poll() which calls napi_complete() and net_rx_action().
Signed-off-by: Kouei Abe <kouei.abe.cp@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SXGBE_CORE_L34_ADDCTL_REG define is cut and pasted twice so we can
delete the second instance.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QLC_83XX_GET_LSO_CAPABILITY define is cut and pasted twice so we can
delete the second instance.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The “affinity hint” mechanism is used by the user space
daemon, irqbalancer, to indicate a preferred CPU mask for irqs.
Irqbalancer can use this hint to balance the irqs between the
cpus indicated by the mask.
We wish the HCA to preferentially map the IRQs it uses to numa cores
close to it. To accomplish this, we use cpumask_set_cpu_local_first(), that
sets the affinity hint according the following policy:
First it maps IRQs to “close” numa cores. If these are exhausted, the
remaining IRQs are mapped to “far” numa cores.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Atias <yuvala@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2014-06-11
This series contains updates to igb, i40e and i40evf.
Todd makes a change to igb to un-hide invariant returns by getting rid of
the E1000_SUCCESS define and converting those returns to return 0.
Jacob separates the hardware logic from the set function, so that we can
re-use it during a ptp_reset in igb. This enables the reset to return
functionality to the last know timestamp mode, rather than resetting the
value.
Ashish implements context flags for headwb and headwb_addr so that we
do not have to keep them always enabled.
Shannon updates the admin queue API for the new firmware, which adds
set_pf_content, nvm_config_read/write, replaces set_phy_reset with
set_phy_debug and removes nvm_read/write_reg_se. Cleans up the driver
to use the stored base_queue value since there is no need to read the
PCI register for the PF's base queue on every single transmit queue
enable and disable as we already have the value stored from reading
the capability features at startup.
Anjali changes the notion of source and destination for FD_SB in ethtool
to align i40e with other drivers. Adds flow director statistics to
the PF stats. Fixes a bug in ethtool for flow director drop packet
filter where the drop action comes down as a ring_cookie value, so allow
it as a special value that can be used to configure destination control.
Mitch fixes the i40evf to keep the driver from going down when it is
already in a down state. This prevents a CPU soft lock in napi_disable().
Also change the i40evf to check the admin queue error bits since the
firmware can indicate any admin queue error states to the driver via
some bits in the length registers.
Neerav separates out the DCB capability and enabled flags because currently
if the firmware reports DCB capability the driver enables
I40E_FLAG_DCB_ENABLED flag. When this flag is enabled the driver inserts
a tag when transmitting a packet from the port even if there are no DCB
traffic classes configured at the port. So by adding the additional flag,
I40E_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE, that will be set when the DCB capability is present
and the existing enabled flag will only be set if there are more than one
traffic classes configured at the port.
Greg fixes the i40e driver to not automatically accept tagged packets by
default so that the system must request a VLAN tag packet filter to get
packets with that tag. Greg also converts i40e to use the in-kernel
ether_addr_copy() instead of mempcy().
Jesse removes the FTYPE field from the receive descriptor to match the
hardware implementation.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to read the PCI register for the PF's base queue on every single Tx
queue enable and disable as we already have the value stored from reading
the capability features at startup.
Change-ID: Ic02fb622757742f43cb8269369c3d972d4f66555
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A drop action comes down as a ring_cookie value, so allow it as
a special value that can be used to configure destination control.
Also fix the output to filter read command accordingly.
Change-ID: I9956723cee42f3194885403317dd21ed4a151144
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add members to stat struct to keep track of Flow director ATR and
SideBand filter packet matches.
Change-ID: Ibbb31a53c7adcc2bb96991dd80565442a2f2513c
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change drops the FTYPE field from the Rx descriptor, to
match the hardware implementation.
Change-ID: I66d31d2b43861da45e8ace4fb03df033abe88bab
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
FW can indicate any admin queue error states to the driver via some bits
in the length registers. Each time we process an admin queue message,
check these bits and log any errors we find. Since the VF really can't
do much, we just print the message and depend on the PF driver to clear
things up on our behalf.
Change-ID: I92bc6c53ce3b4400544e0ca19c5de2d27490bd0d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Linux gives us a function to copy Ethernet MAC addresses, let's use it.
Change-ID: I0c861900029ca5ea65a53ca39565852fb633f6fd
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the filter created by the firmware with the default MAC address it
reads out of the NVM storage and a promiscuous VLAN tag and replace it
with a filter that will not accept tagged packets by default. The system
must request a VLAN tag packet filter to get packets with that tag.
Change-ID: I119e6c3603a039bd68282ba31bf26f33a575490a
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently if the firmware reports DCB capability the driver enables
I40E_FLAG_DCB_ENABLED flag. When this flag is enabled the driver
inserts a tag when transmitting a packet from the port even if there
are no DCB traffic classes configured at the port.
This patch adds a new flag I40E_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE that will be set
when the DCB capability is present and the existing flag
I40E_FLAG_DCB_ENABLED will be set only if there are more than one
traffic classes configured at the port.
Change-ID: I24ccbf53ef293db2eba80c8a9772acf729795bd5
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the device is down, there's no place to go but up, so don't try to go
down even more. This prevents a CPU soft lock in napi_disable().
Change-ID: I8b058b9ee974dfa01c212fae2597f4f54b333314
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In XL710 devices we program FD filter's fields from Tx perspective of the flow.
However the user interface exposed in ethtool should be compliant with the
previous generation of drivers where a filter src and dst field are from
the RX perspective. This patch changes the ethtool interface in this regard
to match the other drivers.
Change-ID: Iec6ccddd87357c4fb53ccf33aa0fae699faf70cf
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add set_pf_context, replace set_phy_reset with set_phy_debug, add
nvm_config_read/write, remove nvm_read/write_reg_se and add some
PHY types.
With these changes we bump the API version to 1.2.
Change-ID: I4dc3aec175c2316f66fc9b726b3f7d594699d84e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set appropriate fields in Tx queue configuration virtchnl message
to pf to enable headwb and setup headwb addr.
Then use that info from the VF to set headwb and headwb_addr instead of
always enabling them.
Change-ID: I7d393d1b2b07f0f3355b3a4f7c2d3c6ee3b0d622
Signed-off-by: Ashish Shah <ashish.n.shah@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch separates the hardware logic from the set function, so that
we can re-use it during a ptp_reset. This enables the reset to return
functionality to the last known timestamp mode, rather than resetting
the value. We initialize the mode to off during the ptp_init cycle.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return a 0 directly rather than a constant.
Reported-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
MAX_DMA_CHANNELS is defined in asm/scatterlist.h of the powerpc
architecture. Rename this #define in xgbe.h to avoid the
redefined warning issued during compilation.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dma_addr_t for DMA address parameters and u32 for shared memory
offset parameters.
Do not assume that dma_addr_t is the same as unsigned long; it will
not be in PAE configurations. Truncate DMA addresses to 32 bits when
printing them. This is OK because the DMA mask for this device is
32-bit (per default).
Also rename the DMA address parameters from 'skb' to 'dma'.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following commit befdf89 "net/mlx4_core: Preserve pci_dev_data after
__mlx4_remove_one()", there are two mlx4 pci callbacks which will
attempt to release the mlx4_priv object -- .shutdown and .remove.
This leads to a use-after-free access to the already freed mlx4_priv
instance and trigger a "Kernel access of bad area" crash when both
.shutdown and .remove are called.
During reboot or kexec, .shutdown is called, with the VFs probed to
the host going through shutdown first and then the PF. Later, the PF
will trigger VFs' .remove since VFs still have driver attached.
Fix that by keeping only one driver entry which releases mlx4_priv.
Fixes: befdf89 ('net/mlx4_core: Preserve pci_dev_data after __mlx4_remove_one()')
CC: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Hypervisor driver tracks free slots and reserved slots at the global level
and tracks allocated slots and guaranteed slots per VF.
Guaranteed slots are treated as reserved by the driver, so the total
reserved slots is the sum of all guaranteed slots over all the VFs.
As VFs allocate resources, free (global) is decremented and allocated (per VF)
is incremented for those resources. However, reserved (global) is never changed.
This means that effectively, when a VF allocates a resource from its
guaranteed pool, it is actually reducing that resource's free pool (since
the global reserved count was not also reduced).
The fix for this problem is the following: For each resource, as long as a
VF's allocated count is <= its guaranteed number, when allocating for that
VF, the reserved count (global) should be reduced by the allocation as well.
When the global reserved count reaches zero, the remaining global free count
is still accessible as the free pool for that resource.
When the VF frees resources, the reverse happens: the global reserved count
for a resource is incremented only once the VFs allocated number falls below
its guaranteed number.
This fix was developed by Rick Kready <kready@us.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Rick Kready <kready@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Logical conjunction always evaluates to false: minor < 2 && minor > 1
I guess what you wanted is rather: minor > 2 || minor < 1
This was partly found using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A check on a memory allocation is checked incorrectly.
This was partly found using a static code analysis program called cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Acked-by: Geoff Levand <geoff@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix following compilation warning:
[...]
CC drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.o
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c:1353:30: warning:
‘amd_xgbe_phy_ids’ defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
static struct mdio_device_id amd_xgbe_phy_ids[] = {
^
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed a bug that shows up with recv window sizes that exceed the size of
the RCV_BUFSIZ field in opt0 (>= 1024K). If the recv window exceeds
this, then we specify the max possible in opt0, add add the rest in via
a RX_DATA_ACK credits.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Select the appropriate hw mtu index and initial sequence number to optimize
hw memory performance.
Add new cxgb4_best_aligned_mtu() which allows callers to provide enough
information to be used to [possibly] select an MTU which will result in the
TCP Data Segment Size (AKA Maximum Segment Size) to be an aligned value.
If an RTR message exhange is required, then align the ISS to 8B - 1 + 4, so
that after the SYN the send seqno will align on a 4B boundary. The RTR
message exchange will leave the send seqno aligned on an 8B boundary.
If an RTR is not required, then align the ISS to 8B - 1. The goal is
to have the send seqno be 8B aligned when we send the first FPDU.
Based on original work by Casey Leedom <leeedom@chelsio.com> and
Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently indirect interrupts for RDMA CQs funnel through the LLD's RDMA
RXQs, which also handle direct interrupts for offload CPLs during RDMA
connection setup/teardown. The intended T4 usage model, however, is to
have indirect interrupts flow through dedicated IQs. IE not to mix
indirect interrupts with CPL messages in an IQ. This patch adds the
concept of RDMA concentrator IQs, or CIQs, setup and maintained by the
LLD and exported to iw_cxgb4 for use when creating CQs. RDMA CPLs will
flow through the LLD's RDMA RXQs, and CQ interrupts flow through the
CIQs.
Design:
cxgb4 creates and exports an array of CIQs for the RDMA ULD. These IQs
are sized according to the max available CQs available at adapter init.
In addition, these IQs don't need FL buffers since they only service
indirect interrupts. One CIQ is setup per RX channel similar to the
RDMA RXQs.
iw_cxgb4 will utilize these CIQs based on the vector value passed into
create_cq(). The num_comp_vectors advertised by iw_cxgb4 will be the
number of CIQs configured, and thus the vector value will be the index
into the array of CIQs.
Based on original work by Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Core:
- support HS400 mode of eMMC 5.0, via DT bindings mmc-hs400-1_{2,8}v
- if card init at 3.3v doesn't work, try 1.8v and 1.2v too
Drivers:
- moxart: New driver for MOXA ART SoCs
- rtsx_usb_sdmmc: New driver for Realtek USB card readers
- sdhci: Large rework around IRQ/regulator handling, remove card_tasklet
- sdhci-pci-o2micro: Add SeaBird SeaEagle SD3 support
- sunxi: New driver for Allwinner sunxi SoCs
- usdhi6rol0: New driver for Renesas SD/SDIO controller
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=OZao
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mmc-updates-for-3.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc
Pull MMC update from Chris Ball:
"MMC highlights for 3.16:
Core:
- support HS400 mode of eMMC 5.0, via DT bindings mmc-hs400-1_{2,8}v
- if card init at 3.3v doesn't work, try 1.8v and 1.2v too
Drivers:
- moxart: New driver for MOXA ART SoCs
- rtsx_usb_sdmmc: New driver for Realtek USB card readers
- sdhci: Large rework around IRQ/regulator handling, remove card_tasklet
- sdhci-pci-o2micro: Add SeaBird SeaEagle SD3 support
- sunxi: New driver for Allwinner sunxi SoCs
- usdhi6rol0: New driver for Renesas SD/SDIO controller"
* tag 'mmc-updates-for-3.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cjb/mmc: (95 commits)
mmc: sdhci-s3c: use mmc_of_parse and remove the card_tasklet
mmc: add a driver for the Renesas usdhi6rol0 SD/SDIO host controller
mmc: sdhci-of-esdhc: Fixup compile error
mmc: tegra: fix reporting of base clock frequency
mmc: tegra: disable UHS modes
mmc: sdhci-dove: use mmc_of_parse() and remove card_tasklet CD handler
MAINTAINERS: mmc: Add path to git tree
mmc: dove: fix missing MACH_DOVE dependency
mmc: sdhci: SD tuning is broken for some controllers
mmc: sdhci-esdhc-imx: fix mmc ddr mode regression issue
mmc: sdhci-pci-o2micro: Add SeaBird SeaEagle SD3 support
mmc: omap_hsmmc: split omap-dma header file
mmc: omap_hsmmc: fix cmd23 multiblock read/write
mmc: omap_hsmmc: use devm_ioremap_resource
mmc: omap_hsmmc: use devm_request_threaded_irq
mmc: omap_hsmmc: use devm_request_irq
mmc: omap_hsmmc: use devm_clk_get
mmc: sunxi: Add driver for SD/MMC hosts found on Allwinner sunxi SoCs
mmc: wmt-sdmmc: Use GFP_KERNEL instead of hard-coded value
mmc: omap: Use DIV_ROUND_UP instead of open coded
...
- Add iWARP port mapper to avoid conflicts between RDMA and normal
stack TCP connections.
- Fixes for i386 / x86-64 structure padding differences (ABI
compatibility for 32-on-64) from Yann Droneaud.
- A pile of SRP initiator fixes from Bart Van Assche.
- Fixes for a writeback / memory allocation deadlock with NFS over
IPoIB connected mode from Jiri Kosina.
- The usual fixes and cleanups to mlx4, mlx5, cxgb4 and other
low-level drivers.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=Wcdc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband
Pull main InfiniBand/RDMA updates from Roland Dreier:
- add iWARP port mapper to avoid conflicts between RDMA and normal
stack TCP connections.
- fixes for i386 / x86-64 structure padding differences (ABI
compatibility for 32-on-64) from Yann Droneaud.
- a pile of SRP initiator fixes from Bart Van Assche.
- fixes for a writeback / memory allocation deadlock with NFS over
IPoIB connected mode from Jiri Kosina.
- the usual fixes and cleanups to mlx4, mlx5, cxgb4 and other low-level
drivers.
* tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband: (61 commits)
RDMA/cxgb4: Add support for iWARP Port Mapper user space service
RDMA/nes: Add support for iWARP Port Mapper user space service
RDMA/core: Add support for iWARP Port Mapper user space service
IB/mlx4: Fix gfp passing in create_qp_common()
IB/umad: Fix use-after-free on close
IB/core: Fix kobject leak on device register error flow
RDMA/cxgb4: add missing padding at end of struct c4iw_alloc_ucontext_resp
mlx4_core: Fix GFP flags parameters to be gfp_t
IB/core: Fix port kobject deletion during error flow
IB/core: Remove unneeded kobject_get/put calls
IB/core: Fix sparse warnings about redeclared functions
IB/mad: Fix sparse warning about gfp_t use
IB/mlx4: Implement IB_QP_CREATE_USE_GFP_NOIO
IB: Add a QP creation flag to use GFP_NOIO allocations
IB: Return error for unsupported QP creation flags
IB: Allow build of hw/ and ulp/ subdirectories independently
mlx4_core: Move handling of MLX4_QP_ST_MLX to proper switch statement
RDMA/cxgb4: Add missing padding at end of struct c4iw_create_cq_resp
IB/srp: Avoid problems if a header uses pr_fmt
IB/umad: Fix error handling
...
Bumpity and Fred Worm say it's time to change the numbers again.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Change-ID: I658731d022ea23cedede4be2bfecd8b4cc68d270
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We tell the HW upper boundary of power of 2 in VSI config,
but the HW does not restrict us to use just power of 2 GPS in
case of RSS as long as we are not sharing the RSS table with
another VSI (VMDq). We at present are not doing RSS in VMDq
VSI.
If we were to enable that and if the system had CPU count which
was not power 2, the VMDq VSIs will see a little skewed distribution.
Change-ID: I3ea797ce9065a3ca4fc4d04251bf195463410473
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Delete all the old and stale MAC filters for the VF VSI when the host
administrator changes the VF MAC address from under its feet. Also don't
bother to add a filter for the VSI when its going to go away anyway.
Just record the new address and punch the VF reset.
Change-ID: Ic0d12055926f41989d1965ccf500053729c063ad
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
FD_SB and FD_ATR needs to be checked independently in order to decide if
we will support multiple queues or not.
Change-ID: I9d3274f5924c79e29efdbcf66a2fcca1fee2107f
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was not marking packets with bad checksums
correctly, especially IPv6 packets with a bad checksum.
To do this correctly we need a define that may be set by
hardware in rare cases.
Change-ID: I1a997b72b491ded27a78ac3bce1197b2d2611130
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Modify the logic in i40e_determine_queue_usage() so that
SR-IOV doesn't get turned off unnecessarily.
Change-ID: I86ca304fa9f742a50e9ea831b887f358a6a9d53d
Signed-off-by: Frank Zhang <frank_1.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the way resources are distributed to special features.
Change-ID: I847e49d714a1d70e97f3f994cb39bfb5e02ab016
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Our hardware supports VF antispoofing for both MAC addresses and VLANs.
Enable this feature by default for all VFs and implement the netdev op
to control it from the command line.
Change-ID: Ifb941da22785848aa3aba6b2231be135b8ea8f31
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to complain in the log about mac addresses that
can't be deleted because they don't exist.
Change-ID: I4e6370df175bf72726f06d2206c03bcbfded8387
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This was a vestige of early driver development that no longer
has any actual use.
Change-ID: I95b5b19c4bbfaff8759197af671ebaf716cb6ab5
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The number of VSIs that the firmware reports to us is a guaranteed
minimum, not an absolute maximum. The hardware actually supports far
more than the reported value, which we often need.
To allow for this, we allocate space for a larger number of VSIs than is
guaranteed by the firmware, with the knowledge that we may fail to get
them all in the future.
Note that we are just allocating pointers here, the actual (much larger)
VSI structures are allocated on demand.
Change-ID: I6f4e535ce39d3bf417aef78306e04fbc7505140e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix function header comment to have the correct function name.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Check for error status bits on the AdminQ event queue and announce them
if seen. If the Firmware sets these bits, it will trigger an AdminQ
interrupt to get the driver's attention to process the ARQ, which will
likely be enough to clear the actual issue.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Change-ID: I009e0ebc8be764e40e193b29aed2863f43eb5cb0
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-06-06
Please accept this batch of fixes intended for the 3.16 stream.
For the bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Here some more patches for 3.16. We know that Linus already opened the merge
window, but this is fix only pull request, and most of the patches here are
also tagged for stable."
Along with that, Andrea Merello provides a fix for the broken scanning
in the venerable at76c50x driver...
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unregister_netdevice_many() API is error prone and we had too
many bugs because of dangling LIST_HEAD on stacks.
See commit f87e6f4793 ("net: dont leave active on stack LIST_HEAD")
In fact, instead of making sure no caller leaves an active list_head,
just force a list_del() in the callee. No one seems to need to access
the list after unregister_netdevice_many()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that 3.15 is released, this merges the 'next' branch into 'master',
bringing us to the normal situation where my 'master' branch is the
merge window.
* accumulated work in next: (6809 commits)
ufs: sb mutex merge + mutex_destroy
powerpc: update comments for generic idle conversion
cris: update comments for generic idle conversion
idle: remove cpu_idle() forward declarations
nbd: zero from and len fields in NBD_CMD_DISCONNECT.
mm: convert some level-less printks to pr_*
MAINTAINERS: adi-buildroot-devel is moderated
MAINTAINERS: add linux-api for review of API/ABI changes
mm/kmemleak-test.c: use pr_fmt for logging
fs/dlm/debug_fs.c: replace seq_printf by seq_puts
fs/dlm/lockspace.c: convert simple_str to kstr
fs/dlm/config.c: convert simple_str to kstr
mm: mark remap_file_pages() syscall as deprecated
mm: memcontrol: remove unnecessary memcg argument from soft limit functions
mm: memcontrol: clean up memcg zoneinfo lookup
mm/memblock.c: call kmemleak directly from memblock_(alloc|free)
mm/mempool.c: update the kmemleak stack trace for mempool allocations
lib/radix-tree.c: update the kmemleak stack trace for radix tree allocations
mm: introduce kmemleak_update_trace()
mm/kmemleak.c: use %u to print ->checksum
...
Bump i40e to 0.4.5 and i40evf to 0.9.29.
Change-ID: I9faca5544446518c5425612e733499cf16ef20a1
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove two device IDs 1582 and 1573, because they will not be shipped.
Change-ID: Ica2e550b5b21a69e3f353eba2fe5e1c532a548c4
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a coding error where during the registration for NAPI
the driver requested 256 budget. The max recommended
value for this is NAPI_POLL_WEIGHT or 64.
Change-ID: I03ea1e2934a84ff1b5d572988b18315d6d91c5c6
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The TSO logic in the transmit path had some assumptions that
have been broken now that the kernel can send as much as 32kB
in a single skb->frag[.] entry, even on a system with 4kB pages.
This fixes the assumptions and allows the kernel to operate
as efficiently as possible with both SENDFILE and SEND.
In addition, the hardware limit of data contained in a descriptor is
changed to the next power of two below where it currently is in
order to align to a power of two value, preventing a single byte
of data in a descriptor.
Change-ID: I6af1f0b87c1458e10644dbd47541591075a52651
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Both the PF side and the VF side of the VF reset process are too noisy.
We already warn the user that a reset is happening, and that is
sufficient.
Because some of these message are inside if statements, we have to
rejigger the brackets at the same time to keep our coding style
consistent.
Change-ID: Id175562fb0ec7c396d9de156b4890e136f52d5f4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Once more, with feeling: not all VSIs have rings. To assume so is to
invite null pointers to your party.
Change-ID: I576858824468d9712d119fa1015a1f28c27712c4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Be sure to clear PXE mode bit on each reset after AdminQ has been rebuilt.
Change-ID: I992d8c79594f8ca0660c50844ace675ecb9c9bf2
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where FD SB/ATR and NTUPLE configurations status are
reported erroneously. Without this patch, driver reports FDir without further
information.
Change-ID: I5bdd2871b7f2db1e5f5e76c741ae6a0dc603b453
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The correct format is %pM, not %pMAC.
Change-ID: Idb335723a966fe56db3a72b9c07c08ca66f9db3c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up inconsistent log messages, mostly related to punctuation. Based
on the dogma that "kernel messages are not sentences", remove all
trailing periods. Reword a few of the messages to make them less
sentence-like.
Change-ID: Ibd849aa7623a77549b0709988c66ab05d1311472
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This comment is just plain false. VF drivers require MSI-X or they won't
get interrupts at all.
Change-ID: Iaea5e30b6926948aa834a3c506d9a9223d9e3e29
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to print log messages when we encounter an out-of-memory
condition, as the allocator will do this for us. Also, remove a Tx hang
message that duplicates the one emitted by the netdev layer, and a
duplicate message in the watchdog.
Change-ID: If2056e6135fe248f66ea939778f9895660f4d189
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
1. There is no ixgbe_watchdog_task function in the driver, so change
the comment to the correct function name, i40e_watchdog_subtask.
2. Remove num_msix_entries from interrupt set_up routine
because it is never used.
3. Remove some TBD comments that are not needed.
Change-ID: I37697a04007074b797f85fd83d626672e4df1ad1
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove use of registers no longer supported.
Change-ID: I9d27399091cea78a926489d94f958edd762f5a20
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As reported by Eric Dumazet, the driver is not masking the right
bits in the receive descriptor before it starts checking them.
This patch extends the mask to allow for the right bits to be
checked, and fixes the issue permanently via a define.
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Change-ID: I3274f7619057a950f468143e6d7e11b129f54655
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Lars writes: "I'm only 99% sure that the net interfaces are qmi
interfaces, nothing to lose by adding them in my opinion."
And I tend to agree based on the similarity with the two Olicard
modems we already have here.
Reported-by: Lars Melin <larsm17@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The include of asm/cputype.h breaks the powerpc build. This
include was accidentally left in from driver debugging and
can be removed.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>,
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump i40e to 0.4.3 and i40evf to 0.9.27.
Change-ID: I4141e9f8615bdcfa3b1b5ecbc2ac62603a03b7ad
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use an extra state variable to keep track of when the IRQs are fully
set up. This keeps us from trying to unhook IRQs that already were
left unhooked in a failed reset recovery, e.g. when firmware is broken.
Change-ID: I073eb081e4ef8aedcbdf1ee0717c0ed64fa172f2
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a reset recovery failed (e.g. firmware is broken), the HMC space won't
get set up. We don't need to try to delete it if it didn't get set up.
This stops some needless error messages when we already know we need to
just tear things down.
Change-ID: Iac600481765e20b136052b43a544e55d7870268b
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver should print link messages like all the
other Intel Ethernet drivers.
Change-ID: Ia88bdb96794e17a3962fcea94db176de01f921f7
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the missing unicast, multicast, and broadcast stats for the port.
Change-ID: Ifc366d7b7745f70eaac9d00eeb0694eb9ec076a9
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add VSI HW stats for unicast, multicast, and broadcast for Rx and Tx.
Stop printing the netdev multicast value because it doesn't include Tx
and would be confusing.
Change-ID: I08278b6657e7c838fd29a4a1f305f78fe1b150be
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The wait time was originally too optimistic and the resets were failing
after EMPR. This increases the loop count to wait considerably longer.
This won't delay the actual wait longer than really needed, just allows
us to poll more times as needed.
Change-ID: If7b96f55cc25b8d06cbbe8665259d250188c53d7
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a function which indicates our intention to enable or disable a particular
Tx queue. Also add a function to notify the device's Tx unit that we're about
to enable or disable a Tx queue.
Change-ID: I6adf3cbb5bb3e3c984d1ec969e06577c19ef296d
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
B0 Si blocks AQ registers when in Blank Flash mode - write is dropped,
read gives 0xDEADBEEF. Introduce a simple check for a correct value in one
of the AQ registers to be sure that AQ was configured correctly.
Without this check we get into an endless loop while trying to send
GetVersion AQ cmd.
Change-ID: I00102b8c5fa6c16d14289be677aafadf87f10f0d
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Depending on the timing of what the PF driver is doing, it make take a
few tries before the VF driver is able to communicate with the PF driver
on init or reset recovery. In order to prevent confusion, make the most
common messages less scary by lowering them to a less terrifying log
level and indicate that the driver will retry.
Change-ID: I1ec22aa59a68f4469aabe14775a1bfc1ab4b7f2f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver and hardware are not expected to work correctly
with revision_id 0 hardware. Don't prevent the user from
using it, but be sure to print a warning.
Change-ID: I3712d34752bfad458078a5f35dfd0aa0ae9fd20e
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Print the VEB statistics in the ethtool stats output.
Change-ID: Ic93d4c3922345c43e4cfd7f7e7a906844dd2f49f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the VEB is created for the basic LAN device and its VSIs, we need to
set the tracking lan_veb index for later use.
Change-ID: I66bb74993bbda3621ca557437cb4b3517f9b315b
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kavindya Deegala <kavindya.s.deegala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/core/filter.c
A filter bug fix overlapped some cleanups and a conversion
over to some new insn generation macros.
A xen-netback bug fix overlapped the addition of multi-queue
support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SYSTEMPORT driver uses libphy to determine the carrier state, so
make sure we start with a carrier off until libphy has completed the
link training process.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The comment about how the hardware prepends 2bytes to align the IP
header on a 4-byte boundary was not correct, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were missing an and comparison with status to check whether
RX_STATUS_OVFLOW is asserted or not in the per-packet status word, fix
that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our transmit locking scheme did not account for the TX ring full
interrupt. If a TX ring full interrupt fires while we are attempting to
transmit, we will cause a deadlock to occur. Fix this by making sure
that we properly disable interrupts while acquiring the spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the Kconfig and Makefile changes needed
to configure and build the AMD 10GbE platform driver and the
AMD 10GbE phylib driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the initial phylib driver in support
of the AMD 10GbE device.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the initial platform driver for the AMD
10GbE device.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/hplance.h:
#define HPLANCE_MEMOFF 0x8000 /* struct lance_init_block */
#define HPLANCE_NVRAMOFF 0xC008 /* etheraddress as one *nibble* per byte */
The offset of RAM start is 0x8000, the offset of RAM end is 0xC008,
so the RAM size is 16392 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Amos Kong <akong@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The order of ram pages is 3, so the ram size is 2^3 * 4K = 32K.
Signed-off-by: Amos Kong <akong@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the DM9000B, dm9000_msleep() is called during the dm9000_timeout()
routine. Since dm9000_timeout() holds the main spinlock through the
entire routine, mdelay() needs to be used rather than msleep().
Furthermore, the mutex_lock()/mutex_unlock() should be avoided so as to
not sleep with spinlocks held.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the DM9000A/DM9000B force the initial check of the link status. The
DM9000A/B has a link status changed event and this interrupt bit isn't
always set out of reset when a cable is plugged in. This results in the
driver not seeing the cable attached link status until the cable is
removed and plugged in again.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since dm9000_interrupt() is already reading/clearing every set bit in
DM9000_ISR, this additional clear in dm9000_rx() (which is only called
by dm9000_interrupt()) is unnecessary and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DM9000 uses level-triggered interrupts. Some systems (PXA270) only
support edge-triggered interrupts on GPIOs. Some changes are necessary
to ensure that interrupts are not triggered while the GPIO interrupt is
masked or we will miss the interrupt forever.
* Make some helper functions called dm9000_mask_interrupts() and
dm9000_unmask_interrupts() for readability.
* dm9000_init_dm9000(): ensure that this function always leaves interrupts
masked regardless of the state when it entered the function. This is
primarily to support the situation in dm9000_open where the logic used
to go:
dm9000_open()
dm9000_init_dm9000()
unmask interrupts
request_irq()
If an interrupt occurred between unmasking the interrupt and
requesting the irq, it would be missed forever as the edge event would
never be seen by the GPIO hardware in the PXA270. This allows us to
change the logic to:
dm9000_open()
dm9000_init_dm9000()
dm9000_mask_interrupts()
request_irq()
dm9000_unmask_interrupts()
* dm9000_timeout(), dm9000_drv_resume(): Add the missing
dm9000_unmask_interrupts() now required by the change above.
* dm9000_shutdown(): Use mask helper function
* dm9000_interrupt(): Use mask/unmask helper functions
Signed-off-by: Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Change a hard-coded 0x3 to NCR_RST | NCR_MAC_LBK in dm9000_reset
* Every single place where dm9000_init_dm9000 was ran, a dm9000_reset
was called immediately before-hand. Bring dm9000_reset into
dm9000_init_dm9000.
* The following commit updated the dm9000_probe reset routine to use NCR_RST
| NCR_MAC_LBK:
6741f40 DM9000B: driver initialization upgrade
and a later commit added a bug-fix to always reset the chip twice:
09ee9f8 dm9000: Implement full reset of DM9000 network device
Unfortunately, since the changes in 6741f40 were made by replacing the
dm9000_probe dm9000_reset with the adjusted iow(), the changes in
09ee9f8 were not incorporated into the dm9000_probe reset.
Furthermore, it bypassed the requisite reset-delay causing some boards
to get at least one "read wrong id ..." dev_err message during
dm9000_probe.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DM9000 supports both active high interrupts and active low interrupts.
This is configured via the attached EEPROM. In the device-tree case, make sure
that the DM9000 driver passes the correct flags to request_irq.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Ruder <andrew.ruder@elecsyscorp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent commit (a02eb4 "xen-netback: worse-case estimate in xenvif_rx_action is
underestimating") capped the slot estimation to MAX_SKB_FRAGS, but that triggers
the next BUG_ON a few lines down, as the packet consumes more slots than
estimated.
This patch introduces full_coalesce on the skb callback buffer, which is used in
start_new_rx_buffer() to decide whether netback needs coalescing more
aggresively. By doing that, no packet should need more than
(XEN_NETIF_MAX_TX_SIZE + 1) / PAGE_SIZE data slots (excluding the optional GSO
slot, it doesn't carry data, therefore irrelevant in this case), as the provided
buffers are fully utilized.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Kiss <zoltan.kiss@citrix.com>
Cc: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o Uninitialzed fields in mailbox command structure
caused commands to time out randomly due to garbage
values so initialize it to zero.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting David Miller:
"At the moment you call register_netdev() the device is visible, notifications
are sent to userspace, and userland tools can try to bring the interface up
and see the incorrect link state, before you do the netif_carrier_off().
Said another way, between the register_netdev() and netif_carrier_off() call,
userspace can see the device in an inconsistent state."
So call netif_carrier_off() prior to register_netdev().
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since commit 3afc2167f6 scan in not
working anymore, due to mac80211 requires rx frequency status
information.
This patch makes the driver report this information.
While NOT scanning this is straightforward.
While scanning the firmware performs RF sweep and we cannot track
the actual tuning frequency, so this is guessed by parsing beacons
and probe responses.
This should be enough for ensuring functionality.
Thanks-to: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> [ for suggestions and reviewing ]
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a couple more statistics that the hardware offers but aren't part
of the standard netdev stats.
Change-ID: I201db2898f2c284aee3d9631470bc5edd349e9a5
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The rx_errors (GLV_REPC) and rx_missed (GLV_RMPC) were removed
from the chip design.
Change-ID: Ifdeb69c90feac64ec95c36d3d32c75e3a06de3b7
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Pull the PF stat collection out of the VSI collection routine, and
add a unifying stats update routine to call the various stat collection
routines.
Change-ID: I224192455bb3a6e5dc0a426935e67dffc123e306
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change moves some common code in two places into a
small helper function, and corrects a bug in one of the
two places in the process.
Change-ID: If3bba7152b240f13a7881eb0e8a781655fa66ce7
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Structure for VEB context added. Update macro for
transition from ms to GTIME (us) time units.
Change-ID: Ib3a19587b4cf355348655df8f60c6f37bb1497a3
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the PF driver only notifies the VFs for PF reset events.
Instead, notify the VFs for all types of resets, so they can attempt a
graceful reinit.
Change-ID: I03eb7afde25727198ef620f8b4e78bb667a11370
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40evf_set_ringparam was broken in several ways. First, it only changed
the size of the first ring, and second, changing the ring size would
often result in a panic because it would change the count before
deallocating resources, causing the driver to either free nonexistent
buffers, or leak leftover buffers.
Fix this by storing the descriptor count in the adapter structure, and
updating the count for each ring each time we allocate them. This
ensures that we always free the right size ring, and always end up with
the requested count when the device is (re)opened.
Change-ID: I298396cd3d452ba8509d9f2d33a93f25868a9a55
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware requires descriptors to be allocated in groups of 32.
Change-ID: I752ccc96769d1bd8d3018c004b8aeff464045bf2
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was allowing the user to set larger size MTU
than the hardware was being configured to support.
The driver was already using VLAN_HLEN when setting the
hardware max receivable frame size, so just add it to the
netdev MTU set entry point as well.
Change-ID: Ie20e2a35d04f8c411253e255bea79ca69aaeaea3
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove unused defines and macros for RX_LRO.
Change-ID: I8ca6715edfa62b56837417a1c4ff68c2345dab6e
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We introduced this check in case this structure changed in the future,
the AQ definition is now mature enough that this check is no longer necessary.
Change-ID: Ic66321d0a08557dc9d8cb84029185352cb534330
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Register range, being subject to register diagnostic, can vary among
different NVMs. We will try to identify the full range and use it for
a register test. This is needed to avoid false test results. If we fail
to define the proper register range we will test only the first register
from that group.
Change-ID: Ieee7173c719733b61d3733177a94dc557eb7b3fd
Signed-off-by: Kamil Krawczyk <kamil.krawczyk@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A couple of FD checks ended up using bitwise OR to check
a value, which ends up always being evaluated to true.
This should fix the issue. Thanks to DaveJ for noticing
and reporting the issue!
CC: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added VXLAN link configuration for sending UDP checksums, and allowing
TX and RX of UDP6 checksums.
Also, call common iptunnel_handle_offloads and added GSO support for
checksums.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull core irq updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"The irq department delivers:
- Another tree wide update to get rid of the horrible create_irq
interface along with its even more horrible variants. That also
gets rid of the last leftovers of the initial sparse irq hackery.
arch/driver specific changes have been either acked or ignored.
- A fix for the spurious interrupt detection logic with threaded
interrupts.
- A new ARM SoC interrupt controller
- The usual pile of fixes and improvements all over the place"
* 'irq-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (40 commits)
Documentation: brcmstb-l2: Add Broadcom STB Level-2 interrupt controller binding
irqchip: brcmstb-l2: Add Broadcom Set Top Box Level-2 interrupt controller
genirq: Improve documentation to match current implementation
ARM: iop13xx: fix msi support with sparse IRQ
genirq: Provide !SMP stub for irq_set_affinity_notifier()
irqchip: armada-370-xp: Move the devicetree binding documentation
irqchip: gic: Use mask field in GICC_IAR
genirq: Remove dynamic_irq mess
ia64: Use irq_init_desc
genirq: Replace dynamic_irq_init/cleanup
genirq: Remove irq_reserve_irq[s]
genirq: Replace reserve_irqs in core code
s390: Avoid call to irq_reserve_irqs()
s390: Remove pointless arch_show_interrupts()
s390: pci: Check return value of alloc_irq_desc() proper
sh: intc: Remove pointless irq_reserve_irqs() invocation
x86, irq: Remove pointless irq_reserve_irqs() call
genirq: Make create/destroy_irq() ia64 private
tile: Use SPARSE_IRQ
tile: pci: Use irq_alloc/free_hwirq()
...
To make TLB mode work, the patch allows learning packets
to be sent using mac addresses assigned to macvlan devices,
also taking into an account vlans that may be between the
bond and macvlan device.
To make RLB work, all we have to do is accept ARP packets
for addresses added to the bond dev->uc list. Since RLB
mode will take care to update the peers directly with
correct mac addresses, learning packets for these addresses
do not have be send to switch.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding and team drivers generate specific events during failover
that trigger switch updates. When a macvlan device is configured
on top of bonding, we want switches to learn about the macvlan
devices as well. This patch adds a handler to macvlan driver to
propagate these events to all macvlan devices. We let the generic
inetdev event handler do the work.
This allows macvlan to operated correctly over active-backup
mode bond.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding devices manage the unicast filters of the underlying
interfaces, but do not turn on IFF_UNICAST_FLT flag. Thus
anytime a unicast address is added to the bond, the bond is
places in promiscuous mode.
Turn on IFF_UNICAST_FLT on the bond device so that the bond does
not go into promiscuous mode needlesly. If an underlying device
does not support unicast filtering, that device will automaticall
enter promiscuous mode already.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@redhat.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Building with CONFIG_DEBUG_SECTION_MISMATCH enabled, the following
WARNING is occured:
LD drivers/net/built-in.o
WARNING: drivers/net/built-in.o(.text+0xcd4c): Section mismatch in
reference from the function gfar_probe() to the function
.init.text:gfar_init_addr_hash_table()
The function gfar_probe() references
the function __init gfar_init_addr_hash_table().
This is often because gfar_probe lacks a __init
annotation or the annotation of gfar_init_addr_hash_table is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Xiubo Li <Li.Xiubo@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Build on the refactoring of the previous patch to implement multiple
queues between xen-netfront and xen-netback.
Check XenStore for multi-queue support, and set up the rings and event
channels accordingly.
Write ring references and event channels to XenStore in a queue
hierarchy if appropriate, or flat when using only one queue.
Update the xennet_select_queue() function to choose the queue on which
to transmit a packet based on the skb hash result.
Signed-off-by: Andrew J. Bennieston <andrew.bennieston@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for multi-queue support in xen-netfront, move the
queue-specific data from struct netfront_info to struct netfront_queue,
and update the rest of the code to use this.
Also adds loops over queues where appropriate, even though only one is
configured at this point, and uses alloc_etherdev_mq() and the
corresponding multi-queue netif wake/start/stop functions in preparation
for multiple active queues.
Finally, implements a trivial queue selection function suitable for
ndo_select_queue, which simply returns 0, selecting the first (and
only) queue.
Signed-off-by: Andrew J. Bennieston <andrew.bennieston@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Builds on the refactoring of the previous patch to implement multiple
queues between xen-netfront and xen-netback.
Writes the maximum supported number of queues into XenStore, and reads
the values written by the frontend to determine how many queues to use.
Ring references and event channels are read from XenStore on a per-queue
basis and rings are connected accordingly.
Also adds code to handle the cleanup of any already initialised queues
if the initialisation of a subsequent queue fails.
Signed-off-by: Andrew J. Bennieston <andrew.bennieston@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for multi-queue support in xen-netback, move the
queue-specific data from struct xenvif into struct xenvif_queue, and
update the rest of the code to use this.
Also adds loops over queues where appropriate, even though only one is
configured at this point, and uses alloc_netdev_mq() and the
corresponding multi-queue netif wake/start/stop functions in preparation
for multiple active queues.
Finally, implements a trivial queue selection function suitable for
ndo_select_queue, which simply returns 0 for a single queue and uses
skb_get_hash() to compute the queue index otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Andrew J. Bennieston <andrew.bennieston@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This array was allocated separately in commit ac3d5ac2 ("xen-netback:
fix guest-receive-side array sizes") due to it being very large, and a
struct xenvif is allocated as the netdev_priv part of a struct
net_device, i.e. via kmalloc() but falling back to vmalloc() if the
initial alloc. fails.
In preparation for the multi-queue patches, where this array becomes
part of struct xenvif_queue and is always allocated through vzalloc(),
move this back into the struct xenvif.
Signed-off-by: Andrew J. Bennieston <andrew.bennieston@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates
This series contains updates to e1000, igb and ixgbe.
Emil provides his version 2 fix for the detection of SFP+ capable interfaces.
In cases where the driver is loaded while there are no SFP+ modules in cage,
the interface was not being detected as SFP capable. Resolve the issue by
identifying interfaces with no PHY type set as SFP capable which allows the
driver to detect the SFP module when the interface is brought up. In this
version 2 of the patch, the 82599 specific check was removed since we only
have 82598 devices that are SFP capable.
Jacob removes the including of the export header in the ixgbe PTP core, since
it is not needed. Renames igb_ptp_enable() to igb_ptp_feature_enable() to
better reflect the actual functions purpose.
Todd fixes the ethtool loopback test for i354 backplane devices since we
do not know what PHY is to be used for the devices, use MAC loopback for
ethtool tests. Todd also sets the packet buffer size register defaults for
i210 devices.
Yongjian Xu removes the check for skb->len being negative or zero since there
is never a case where it would be zero or negative for e1000.
Manuel Schölling updates e1000 to use the time_after() helper function.
v2: Fix indentation on wrapped line in patch 3 of the series based on
feedback from David Miller
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise sparse gives a bunch of warnings like
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/srq.c:110:66: sparse: incorrect type in argument 4 (different base types)
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/srq.c:110:66: expected int [signed] gfp
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/srq.c:110:66: got restricted gfp_t
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
- ACPICA update to upstream version 20140424. That includes a
number of fixes and improvements related to things like GPE
handling, table loading, headers, memory mapping and unmapping,
DSDT/SSDT overriding, and the Unload() operator. The acpidump
utility from upstream ACPICA is included too. From Bob Moore,
Lv Zheng, David Box, David Binderman, and Colin Ian King.
- Fixes and cleanups related to ACPI video and backlight interfaces
from Hans de Goede. That includes blacklist entries for some new
machines and using native backlight by default.
- ACPI device enumeration changes to create platform devices
rather than PNP devices for ACPI device objects with _HID by
default. PNP devices will still be created for the ACPI device
object with device IDs corresponding to real PNP devices, so
that change should not break things left and right, and we're
expecting to see more and more ACPI-enumerated platform devices
in the future. From Zhang Rui and Rafael J Wysocki.
- Updates for the ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver allowing
it to handle system suspend/resume on Asus T100 correctly.
From Heikki Krogerus and Rafael J Wysocki.
- PM core update introducing a mechanism to allow runtime-suspended
devices to stay suspended over system suspend/resume transitions
if certain additional conditions related to coordination within
device hierarchy are met. Related PM documentation update and
ACPI PM domain support for the new feature. From Rafael J Wysocki.
- Fixes and improvements related to the "freeze" sleep state. They
affect several places including cpuidle, PM core, ACPI core, and
the ACPI battery driver. From Rafael J Wysocki and Zhang Rui.
- Miscellaneous fixes and updates of the ACPI core from Aaron Lu,
Bjørn Mork, Hanjun Guo, Lan Tianyu, and Rafael J Wysocki.
- Fixes and cleanups for the ACPI processor and ACPI PAD (Processor
Aggregator Device) drivers from Baoquan He, Manuel Schölling,
Tony Camuso, and Toshi Kani.
- System suspend/resume optimization in the ACPI battery driver from
Lan Tianyu.
- OPP (Operating Performance Points) subsystem updates from
Chander Kashyap, Mark Brown, and Nishanth Menon.
- cpufreq core fixes, updates and cleanups from Srivatsa S Bhat,
Stratos Karafotis, and Viresh Kumar.
- Updates, fixes and cleanups for the Tegra, powernow-k8, imx6q,
s5pv210, nforce2, and powernv cpufreq drivers from Brian Norris,
Jingoo Han, Paul Bolle, Philipp Zabel, Stratos Karafotis, and
Viresh Kumar.
- intel_pstate driver fixes and cleanups from Dirk Brandewie,
Doug Smythies, and Stratos Karafotis.
- Enabling the big.LITTLE cpufreq driver on arm64 from Mark Brown.
- Fix for the cpuidle menu governor from Chander Kashyap.
- New ARM clps711x cpuidle driver from Alexander Shiyan.
- Hibernate core fixes and cleanups from Chen Gang, Dan Carpenter,
Fabian Frederick, Pali Rohár, and Sebastian Capella.
- Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) driver updates from
Jacob Pan.
- PNP subsystem updates from Bjorn Helgaas and Fabian Frederick.
- devfreq core updates from Chanwoo Choi and Paul Bolle.
- devfreq updates for exynos4 and exynos5 from Chanwoo Choi and
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz.
- turbostat tool fix from Jean Delvare.
- cpupower tool updates from Prarit Bhargava, Ramkumar Ramachandra
and Thomas Renninger.
- New ACPI ec_access.c tool for poking at the EC in a safe way
from Thomas Renninger.
/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=tpdF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm+acpi-3.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm into next
Pull ACPI and power management updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"ACPICA is the leader this time (63 commits), followed by cpufreq (28
commits), devfreq (15 commits), system suspend/hibernation (12
commits), ACPI video and ACPI device enumeration (10 commits each).
We have no major new features this time, but there are a few
significant changes of how things work. The most visible one will
probably be that we are now going to create platform devices rather
than PNP devices by default for ACPI device objects with _HID. That
was long overdue and will be really necessary to be able to use the
same drivers for the same hardware blocks on ACPI and DT-based systems
going forward. We're not expecting fallout from this one (as usual),
but it's something to watch nevertheless.
The second change having a chance to be visible is that ACPI video
will now default to using native backlight rather than the ACPI
backlight interface which should generally help systems with broken
Win8 BIOSes. We're hoping that all problems with the native backlight
handling that we had previously have been addressed and we are in a
good enough shape to flip the default, but this change should be easy
enough to revert if need be.
In addition to that, the system suspend core has a new mechanism to
allow runtime-suspended devices to stay suspended throughout system
suspend/resume transitions if some extra conditions are met
(generally, they are related to coordination within device hierarchy).
However, enabling this feature requires cooperation from the bus type
layer and for now it has only been implemented for the ACPI PM domain
(used by ACPI-enumerated platform devices mostly today).
Also, the acpidump utility that was previously shipped as a separate
tool will now be provided by the upstream ACPICA along with the rest
of ACPICA code, which will allow it to be more up to date and better
supported, and we have one new cpuidle driver (ARM clps711x).
The rest is improvements related to certain specific use cases,
cleanups and fixes all over the place.
Specifics:
- ACPICA update to upstream version 20140424. That includes a number
of fixes and improvements related to things like GPE handling,
table loading, headers, memory mapping and unmapping, DSDT/SSDT
overriding, and the Unload() operator. The acpidump utility from
upstream ACPICA is included too. From Bob Moore, Lv Zheng, David
Box, David Binderman, and Colin Ian King.
- Fixes and cleanups related to ACPI video and backlight interfaces
from Hans de Goede. That includes blacklist entries for some new
machines and using native backlight by default.
- ACPI device enumeration changes to create platform devices rather
than PNP devices for ACPI device objects with _HID by default. PNP
devices will still be created for the ACPI device object with
device IDs corresponding to real PNP devices, so that change should
not break things left and right, and we're expecting to see more
and more ACPI-enumerated platform devices in the future. From
Zhang Rui and Rafael J Wysocki.
- Updates for the ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver allowing it
to handle system suspend/resume on Asus T100 correctly. From
Heikki Krogerus and Rafael J Wysocki.
- PM core update introducing a mechanism to allow runtime-suspended
devices to stay suspended over system suspend/resume transitions if
certain additional conditions related to coordination within device
hierarchy are met. Related PM documentation update and ACPI PM
domain support for the new feature. From Rafael J Wysocki.
- Fixes and improvements related to the "freeze" sleep state. They
affect several places including cpuidle, PM core, ACPI core, and
the ACPI battery driver. From Rafael J Wysocki and Zhang Rui.
- Miscellaneous fixes and updates of the ACPI core from Aaron Lu,
Bjørn Mork, Hanjun Guo, Lan Tianyu, and Rafael J Wysocki.
- Fixes and cleanups for the ACPI processor and ACPI PAD (Processor
Aggregator Device) drivers from Baoquan He, Manuel Schölling, Tony
Camuso, and Toshi Kani.
- System suspend/resume optimization in the ACPI battery driver from
Lan Tianyu.
- OPP (Operating Performance Points) subsystem updates from Chander
Kashyap, Mark Brown, and Nishanth Menon.
- cpufreq core fixes, updates and cleanups from Srivatsa S Bhat,
Stratos Karafotis, and Viresh Kumar.
- Updates, fixes and cleanups for the Tegra, powernow-k8, imx6q,
s5pv210, nforce2, and powernv cpufreq drivers from Brian Norris,
Jingoo Han, Paul Bolle, Philipp Zabel, Stratos Karafotis, and
Viresh Kumar.
- intel_pstate driver fixes and cleanups from Dirk Brandewie, Doug
Smythies, and Stratos Karafotis.
- Enabling the big.LITTLE cpufreq driver on arm64 from Mark Brown.
- Fix for the cpuidle menu governor from Chander Kashyap.
- New ARM clps711x cpuidle driver from Alexander Shiyan.
- Hibernate core fixes and cleanups from Chen Gang, Dan Carpenter,
Fabian Frederick, Pali Rohár, and Sebastian Capella.
- Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) driver updates from Jacob
Pan.
- PNP subsystem updates from Bjorn Helgaas and Fabian Frederick.
- devfreq core updates from Chanwoo Choi and Paul Bolle.
- devfreq updates for exynos4 and exynos5 from Chanwoo Choi and
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz.
- turbostat tool fix from Jean Delvare.
- cpupower tool updates from Prarit Bhargava, Ramkumar Ramachandra
and Thomas Renninger.
- New ACPI ec_access.c tool for poking at the EC in a safe way from
Thomas Renninger"
* tag 'pm+acpi-3.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (187 commits)
ACPICA: Namespace: Remove _PRP method support.
intel_pstate: Improve initial busy calculation
intel_pstate: add sample time scaling
intel_pstate: Correct rounding in busy calculation
intel_pstate: Remove C0 tracking
PM / hibernate: fixed typo in comment
ACPI: Fix x86 regression related to early mapping size limitation
ACPICA: Tables: Add mechanism to control early table checksum verification.
ACPI / scan: use platform bus type by default for _HID enumeration
ACPI / scan: always register ACPI LPSS scan handler
ACPI / scan: always register memory hotplug scan handler
ACPI / scan: always register container scan handler
ACPI / scan: Change the meaning of missing .attach() in scan handlers
ACPI / scan: introduce platform_id device PNP type flag
ACPI / scan: drop unsupported serial IDs from PNP ACPI scan handler ID list
ACPI / scan: drop IDs that do not comply with the ACPI PNP ID rule
ACPI / PNP: use device ID list for PNPACPI device enumeration
ACPI / scan: .match() callback for ACPI scan handlers
ACPI / battery: wakeup the system only when necessary
power_supply: allow power supply devices registered w/o wakeup source
...
Pull trivial tree changes from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual pile of patches from trivial tree that make the world go round"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (23 commits)
staging: go7007: remove reference to CONFIG_KMOD
aic7xxx: Remove obsolete preprocessor define
of: dma: doc fixes
doc: fix incorrect formula to calculate CommitLimit value
doc: Note need of bc in the kernel build from 3.10 onwards
mm: Fix printk typo in dmapool.c
modpost: Fix comment typo "Modules.symvers"
Kconfig.debug: Grammar s/addition/additional/
wimax: Spelling s/than/that/, wording s/destinatary/recipient/
aic7xxx: Spelling s/termnation/termination/
arm64: mm: Remove superfluous "the" in comment
of: Spelling s/anonymouns/anonymous/
dma: imx-sdma: Spelling s/determnine/determine/
ath10k: Improve grammar in comments
ath6kl: Spelling s/determnine/determine/
of: Improve grammar for of_alias_get_id() documentation
drm/exynos: Spelling s/contro/control/
radio-bcm2048.c: fix wrong overflow check
doc: printk-formats: do not mention casts for u64/s64
doc: spelling error changes
...
To be future-proof and for better readability the time comparisons are modified
to use time_after() instead of plain, error-prone math.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Schölling <manuel.schoelling@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no case skb->len would be 0 or 'negative'.
Remove the check.
Signed-off-by: Yongjian Xu <xuyongjiande@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set the defaults on probe for the packet buffer size registers for the
i210.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can't know what PHY is to be used for i354 backplane, so use MAC
loopback for ethtool tests.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The name igb_ptp_enable is not synonymous with the purpose of this
function, so rename it to better explain its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need this header file, so we shouldn't be including it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In cases where the driver is loaded while there are no SFP+ modules in
the cage the interface was not being detected as SFP capable. To account
for this the driver called identify_sfp in ixgbe_get_settings to make
sure the data is correct. However when there is no SFP+ module in the cage
the driver waits for the I2C reads to time out which can take more than a
second and will cause issues with tools (like net-snmp) that may poll
for that information.
This patch resolves the issue by identifying interfaces with no PHY
type set as SFP capable which allows the driver to detect the SFP module
when the interface is brought up. As result of this we can also remove the
identify_sfp call from ixgbe_get_settings.
v2: remove the 82599 specific check since we have 82598 devices that are SFP
capable.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
include/net/inetpeer.h
net/ipv6/output_core.c
Changes in net were fixing bugs in code removed in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 4a55530f38 (net: sh_eth: modify the definitions of register) managed
to leave out the E-DMAC register entries in sh_eth_offset_fast_sh3_sh2[], thus
totally breaking SH7619/771x support. Add the missing entries using the data
from before that commit.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Acked-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current behaviour of the sh_eth driver is not to use the RNC bit
for the receive ring. This means that every packet recieved is not only
generating an IRQ but it also stops the receive ring DMA as well until
the driver re-enables it after unloading the packet.
This means that a number of the following errors are generated due to
the receive packet FIFO overflowing due to nowhere to put packets:
net eth0: Receive FIFO Overflow
Since feedback from Yoshihiro Shimoda shows that every supported LSI
for this driver should have the bit enabled it seems the best way is
to remove the RMCR default value from the per-system data and just
write it when initialising the RMCR value. This is discussed in
the message (http://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg284912.html).
I have tested the RMCR_RNC configuration with NFS root filesystem and
the driver has not failed yet. There are further test reports from
Sergei Shtylov and others for both the R8A7790 and R8A7791.
There is also feedback fron Cao Minh Hiep[1] which reports the
same issue in (http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/316285)
showing this fixes issues with losing UDP datagrams under iperf.
Tested-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A rmb() is required to ensure that the CQE is not read before it
is written by the adapter DMA. PCI ordering rules will make sure
the other fields are written before the marker at the end of struct
eth_fast_path_rx_cqe but without rmb() a weakly ordered processor can
process stale data.
Without the barrier we have observed various crashes including
bnx2x_tpa_start being called on queues not stopped (resulting in message
start of bin not in stop) and NULL pointer exceptions from bnx2x_rx_int.
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Wen Xiong <wenxiong@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When injecting EEH error to bnx2x adapter, adapter couldn't be recovery
and caused recursive EEH errors. The patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Wen Xiong <wenxiong@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As smsc driver supports carrier detection, it should unset NOCARRIER
flag only after carrier state determination. By default that flag
is off so driver should set it before starting auto-negotiation
Signed-off-by: Balakumaran <Balakumaran.Kannan@ap.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This issue was reported by coccicheck using the semantic patch
at scripts/coccinelle/api/resource_size.cocci
Signed-off-by: Benoit Taine <benoit.taine@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is the big USB driver pull request for 3.16-rc1.
Nothing huge here, but lots of little things in the USB core, and in
lots of drivers. Hopefully the USB power management will be work better
now that it has been reworked to do per-port power control dynamically.
There's also a raft of gadget driver updates and fixes, CONFIG_USB_DEBUG
is finally gone now that everything has been converted over to the
dynamic debug inteface, the last hold-out drivers were cleaned up and
the config option removed. There were also other minor things all
through the drivers/usb/ tree, the shortlog shows this pretty well.
All have been in linux-next, including the very last patch, which came
from linux-next to fix a build issue on some platforms.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlONYEMACgkQMUfUDdst+ynxvgCggMQBhN5icth8Y5hFglNNaISN
c4AAoMHR2kb62U1plylLbPnboQTjfcl0
=fG6y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usb-3.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb into next
Pull USB driver updates from Greg KH:
"Here is the big USB driver pull request for 3.16-rc1.
Nothing huge here, but lots of little things in the USB core, and in
lots of drivers. Hopefully the USB power management will be work
better now that it has been reworked to do per-port power control
dynamically. There's also a raft of gadget driver updates and fixes,
CONFIG_USB_DEBUG is finally gone now that everything has been
converted over to the dynamic debug inteface, the last hold-out
drivers were cleaned up and the config option removed. There were
also other minor things all through the drivers/usb/ tree, the
shortlog shows this pretty well.
All have been in linux-next, including the very last patch, which came
from linux-next to fix a build issue on some platforms"
* tag 'usb-3.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb: (314 commits)
usb: hub_handle_remote_wakeup() only exists for CONFIG_PM=y
USB: orinoco_usb: remove CONFIG_USB_DEBUG support
USB: media: lirc: igorplugusb: remove CONFIG_USB_DEBUG support
USB: media: streamzap: remove CONFIG_USB_DEBUG
USB: media: redrat3: remove CONFIG_USB_DEBUG usage
USB: media: redrat3: remove unneeded tracing macro
usb: qcserial: add additional Sierra Wireless QMI devices
usb: host: max3421-hcd: Use module_spi_driver
usb: host: max3421-hcd: Allow platform-data to specify Vbus polarity
usb: host: max3421-hcd: fix "spi_rd8" uses dynamic stack allocation warning
usb: host: max3421-hcd: Fix missing unlock in max3421_urb_enqueue()
usb: qcserial: add Netgear AirCard 341U
Documentation: dt-bindings: update xhci-platform DT binding for R-Car H2 and M2
usb: host: xhci-plat: add xhci_plat_start()
usb: host: max3421-hcd: Fix potential NULL urb dereference
Revert "usb: gadget: net2280: Add support for PLX USB338X"
USB: usbip: remove CONFIG_USB_DEBUG reference
USB: remove CONFIG_USB_DEBUG from defconfig files
usb: resume child device when port is powered on
usb: hub_handle_remote_wakeup() depends on CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME=y
...
Add support for the hix5hd2 XGMAC 1Gb ethernet device.
The controller requires two queues for tx and two queues for rx.
Controller fetch buffer from free queue and then push to used queue.
Diver should prepare free queue and free buffer from used queue.
Signed-off-by: Zhangfei Gao <zhangfei.gao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The iSCSI netlink message needs to be sent before the ulp_ops is cleared
as it is sent through a function pointer in the ulp_ops. This bug
causes iscsid to not get the message when the bnx2i driver is unloaded.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are allocating memory with GFP_KERNEL under spinlock. Since this is
the only call manipulating the cnic_udev_list and it is always under
rtnl_lock, cnic_dev_lock can be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because the called function, such as bnx2fc_indicate_netevent(), can sleep,
we cannot take rcu_lock(). To prevent the rcu protected ulp_ops from going
away, we use the cnic_lock mutex and set the ULP_F_CALL_PENDING flag.
The code already waits for ULP_F_CALL_PENDING flag to clear in
cnic_unregister_device().
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit cd11cf5053 I accidentally
added an error message. I used it for debugging and forgot to remove
it before submitting the patch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Riesch <christian.riesch@omicron.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ben Hutchings says:
====================
Pull request: Fixes for new ethtool RSS commands
This addresses several problems I previously identified with the new
ETHTOOL_{G,S}RSSH commands:
1. Missing validation of reserved parameters
2. Vague documentation
3. Use of unnamed magic number
4. No consolidation with existing driver operations
I don't currently have access to suitable network hardware, but have
tested these changes with a dummy driver that can support various
combinations of operations and sizes, together with (a) Debian's ethtool
3.13 (b) ethtool 3.14 with the submitted patch to use ETHTOOL_{G,S}RSSH
and minor adjustment for fixes 1 and 3.
v2: Update RSS operations in vmxnet3 too
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFHINDIR and ETHTOOL_{G,S}RSSH should work for drivers
regardless of whether they expose the hash key, unless you try to
set a hash key for a driver that doesn't expose it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 5bbde4d2ec ("net: fec: use pinctrl PM helpers") caused the following
build error on m68k:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c: In function 'fec_enet_open':
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c:1819:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'pinctrl_pm_select_default_state' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c: In function 'fec_enet_close':
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c:1863:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'pinctrl_pm_select_sleep_state' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
In order to fix the build error, include the linux/pinctrl/consumer.h header
file.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch remove variables that are initialized with a constant,
are never updated, and are only used as parameter of return.
Return the constant instead of using a variable.
Verified by compilation only.
The coccinelle script that find and fixes this issue is:
// <smpl>
@@
type T;
constant C;
identifier ret;
@@
- T ret = C;
... when != ret
when strict
return
- ret
+ C
;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ec_bhf driver is specific to the Beckhoff CX embedded PC series.
These are based on Intel x86 CPU. So we can add a dependency on
X86, with COMPILE_TEST as an alternative to still allow for broader
build-testing.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: Darek Marcinkiewicz <reksio@newterm.pl>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a jiffies hack we can use the standard api for delays.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Schölling <manuel.schoelling@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch remove variables that are initialized with a constant,
are never updated, and are only used as parameter of return.
Return the constant instead of using a variable.
Verified by compilation only.
The coccinelle script that find and fixes this issue is:
// <smpl>
@@
type T;
constant C;
identifier ret;
@@
- T ret = C;
... when != ret
when strict
return
- ret
+ C
;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch remove variables that are initialized with a constant,
are never updated, and are only used as parameter of return.
Return the constant instead of using a variable.
Verified by compilation only.
The coccinelle script that find and fixes this issue is:
// <smpl>
@@
type T;
constant C;
identifier ret;
@@
- T ret = C;
... when != ret
when strict
return
- ret
+ C
;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To fix:
CC drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcmsysport.o
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcmsysport.c:28:0:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcmsysport.h:41:8: error: redefinition of 'struct tsb'
arch/sparc/include/asm/mmu_64.h:65:8: note: originally defined here
make[1]: *** [drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcmsysport.o] Error 1
we change struct tsb to struct bcm_tsb in the broadcom driver in
order to avoid the namespace collision. For consistency, we also
change struct rsb to struct bcm_rsb, so the Rx/Tx symmetry is
maintained.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The buffers for the TSO headers belong to a DMA coherent region which is
allocated at ndo_open() time, and released at ndo_stop() time.
Therefore, and contrary to the TSO payload descriptor buffers, the TSO header
buffers don't need to be unmapped. This commit adds a check to detect a
TSO header buffer and explicitly prevent the unmap.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After adding proper stop/wake thresholds, we can expect a queue to never
be full and drop the NETDEV_TX_BUSY return path. In any case, if the queue
cannot accommodate a TSO packet, the packet would be discarded.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently small MSS values may require too many TSO descriptors for
the default queue size. This commit prevents this situation by fixing
the maximum supported TSO number of segments to 100 and by setting a
minimum Tx queue size. The minimum Tx queue size is set so that at
least 2 worst-case skb can be accommodated.
In addition, the queue stop and wake thresholds values are adjusted
accordingly. The queue is stopped when there's room for only 1 worst-case
skb and waked when the number of descriptors is half that value.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit fixes the current dropped packet count by doing it properly,
increasing the count when a packet is discarded; i.e. the packet is not
processed and the driver returns NETDEV_TX_OK.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The buffers for the TSO headers belong to a DMA coherent region which is
allocated at ndo_open() time, and released at ndo_stop() time.
Therefore, and contrary to the TSO payload descriptor buffers, the TSO header
buffers don't need to be unmapped. This commit adds a check to detect a
TSO header buffer and explicitly prevent the unmap.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Tx descriptor release code currently calls dma_unmap_single() and
dev_kfree_skb_any() if the descriptor is associated with a non-NULL skb.
This is true only for the last fragment of the packet.
This is wrong, however, since every descriptor buffer is DMA mapped and needs
to be unmapped.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently small MSS values may require too many TSO descriptors for
the default queue size. This commit prevents this situation by fixing
the maximum supported TSO number of segments to 100 and by setting a
minimum Tx queue size. The minimum Tx queue size is set so that at
least 2 worst-case skb can be accommodated.
In addition, the queue stop and wake thresholds values are adjusted
accordingly. The queue is stopped when there's room for only 1 worst-case
skb and waked when the number of descriptors is half that value.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver has no need for a custom NAPI weigth. Use the default
one, which has the same value.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel.garcia@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each iPad model has a different product id, this patch adds support for iPad 2
(pid 0x12a2) and iPad 3 (pid 0x12a6). Note that iPad 2 must be jailbroken and a
third-party app must be used for tethering to work. On iPad 3, tethering works
out of the box (assuming your ISP is nice).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netpoll support to macvlan devices. Based on the netpoll support in the 802.1q vlan code.
Tested and macvlan could work well with netconsole.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The min_tx_pkt variable decides the cutoff point where the driver
will stop padding out NTBs to maximum size. The padding is a tradeoff
where we use some USB bus bandwidth to allow the device to receive
fixed size buffers. Different devices will have different optimal
settings, spanning from no padding at all to padding every NTB.
There is no way to automatically figure out which setting is best
for a specific device.
The default value is a reasonable tradeoff, calculated based on the
USB packet size and out NTB max size. This may have to be changed
along with any tx_max changes.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mandatory GetNtbParameters control request is an important part of
the host <-> device protocol negotiation in CDC NCM (and CDC MBIM). It
gives device limits which the host must obey when configuring the
protocol aggregation variables. The driver will enforce this by
rejecting attempts to set any of the tunable variables to a value
which is not supported by the device. Exporting the parameter block
helps userspace decide which values are allowed without resorting
to trial and error.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool coalesce API is not applicable for this driver. Forcing
it to fit the NCM aggregation redefined the API in a driver specific
way, which is much worse than defining a clean new API. These ethtool
coalesce functions have therefore been replaced by a new sysfs API.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attach a driver specific sysfs group to the netdev, and use it
for the rx/tx aggregation variables.
The datagram aggregation defined by the CDC NCM specification is
specific to this device class (including CDC MBIM). Using the
ethtool interrupt coalesce API as an interface to the aggregation
parameters redefined that API in a driver specific and confusing
way. A sysfs group
- makes it clear that this is a driver specific userspace API, and
- allows us to export the real values instead of some translated
version, and
- lets us include more aggregation variables which were impossible
to force into the ethtool API.
Additionally, using sysfs allows tuning the driver on space
constrained hosts where userspace tools like ethtool are undesired.
Suggested-by: Peter Stuge <peter@stuge.se>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It doesn't matter whether the buffer size goes up or down. We have to
keep usbnet and device syncronized to be able to split transfers at the
correct boundaries. The spec allow skipping short packets when using
max sized transfers. If we don't tell usbnet about our new expected rx
buffer size, then it will merge and/or split NTBs. The driver does not
support this, and the result will be lots of framing errors.
Fix by always reallocating usbnet rx buffers when the rx_max value
changes.
Fixes: 68864abf08 ("net: cdc_ncm: support rx_max/tx_max updates when running")
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are calling usbnet_start_xmit() to flush any remaining data,
depending on the side effect that tx_curr_skb is set to NULL,
ensuring a new allocation using the updated tx_max. But this
side effect will only happen if there were any cached data ready
to transmit. If not, then an empty tx_curr_skb is still allocated
using the old tx_max size. Free it to avoid a buffer overrun.
Fixes: 68864abf08 ("net: cdc_ncm: support rx_max/tx_max updates when running")
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cloning the big skbs we use for USB buffering chokes up TCP and
SCTP because the socket memory limits are hitting earlier than
they should. It is better to unconditionally copy the unwrapped
packets to freshly allocated skbs.
Reported-by: Jim Baxter <jim_baxter@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macvlan dev should always have the same mac address like lowerdev
when in the passthru mode, change the mac address alone will break the
work mechanism, so when the lowerdev or macvlan mac address changes,
we should propagate the changes to another dev.
v1->v2: Allow macvlan dev to change mac address for passthru mode and propagate to
lowerdev.
v2->v3: Don't set the mac address to the lower dev's unicast address for
passthru mode when mac address changes.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify the various routines used to allocate memory resources which
serve QPs in mlx4 to get an input GFP directive. Have the Ethernet
driver to use GFP_KERNEL in it's QP allocations as done prior to this
commit, and the IB driver to use GFP_NOIO when the IB verbs
IB_QP_CREATE_USE_GFP_NOIO QP creation flag is provided.
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Now it is not possible to set mtu to team device which has a port
enslaved to it. The reason is that when team_change_mtu() calls
dev_set_mtu() for port device, notificator for NETDEV_PRECHANGEMTU
event is called and team_device_event() returns NOTIFY_BAD forbidding
the change. So fix this by returning NOTIFY_DONE here in case team is
changing mtu in team_change_mtu().
Introduced-by: 3d249d4c "net: introduce ethernet teaming device"
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch moved device tree interrupt resolution into
platform_get_irq_byname:
ad69674 of/irq: do irq resolution in platform_get_irq_byname()
As a result, the function no longer only return -ENXIO on error.
This breaks DT based probing of stmmac, as seen in test runs of
linux-next next-20140526 cubie2-sunxi_defconfig:
http://lists.linaro.org/pipermail/kernel-build-reports/2014-May/003659.html
This patch makes the stmmac_platform probe function properly handle
error codes, such as returning for deferred probing, and other codes
returned by of_irq_get_by_name.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This interface is unusable, as the cdc-wdm character device doesn't reply to
any QMI command. Also, the out-of-tree Sierra Wireless GobiNet driver fully
skips it.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Morgado <aleksander@aleksander.es>
Acked-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A set of new VID/PIDs retrieved from the out-of-tree GobiNet/GobiSerial
Sierra Wireless drivers.
Signed-off-by: Aleksander Morgado <aleksander@aleksander.es>
Acked-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware 10.x supports up to 8 virtual AP interfaces, but in a DFS
channel it was possible to create only 7 interfaces as ath10k internal
creates a monitor interface for DFS. Previous vdev map initialization
was missing enough space for 8 + 1 vdevs due to wrong define used and
that's why there was no space for 8th interface. Use the correct define
TARGET_10X_NUM_VDEVS with 10.x firmware to make it possible to create
the 8th virtual interface.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-06-02
Please pull this remaining batch of updates intended for the 3.16 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"The remainder for -next right now is mostly fixes, and a handful of
small new things like some CSA infrastructure, the regdb script mW/dBm
conversion change and sending wiphy notifications."
For the bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Some more patches for 3.16. There is nothing really special here, just a
bunch of clean ups, fixes plus some small improvements. Please pull."
For the nfc bits, Samuel says:
"We have:
- Felica (Type3) tags support for trf7970a
- Type 4b tags support for port100
- st21nfca DTS typo fix
- A few sparse warning fixes"
For the atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Ben added support for setting antenna configurations. Michal improved
warm reset so that we would not need to fall back to cold reset that
often, an issue where ath10k stripped protected flag while in monitor
mode and made module initialisation asynchronous to fix the problems
with firmware loading when the driver is linked to the kernel.
Luca removed unused channel_switch_beacon callbacks both from ath9k and
ath10k. Marek fixed Protected Management Frames (PMF) when using Action
Frames. Also we had other small fixes everywhere in the driver."
Along with that, there are a handful of updates to a variety
of drivers. This includes updates to at76c50x-usb, ath9k, b43,
brcmfmac, mwifiex, rsi, rtlwifi, and wil6210.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While fixing a bug reported by Avery I went ahead
and added a warning suspecting there might be
something more to the bug. This ended up with
people reporting they see warnings during heavy
traffic. This bought me some time and helped me
understand the problem better - apparently fw/hw
can report a chained msdus as follows: 1 msdu, 1
chained, 1 msdu (0 length).
The patch removes the extra check but leaves the
other change that fixed the original skb_push
panic bug (msdu_chaining was overwritten in an
unfortunate way which made the above example to
be treated as non-chained case).
Reported-by: Yeoh Chun-Yeow <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Print Kconfig options enabled/disabled in the build.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Ideally, we would need to generate IP ID using a per destination IP
generator.
linux kernels used inet_peer cache for this purpose, but this had a huge
cost on servers disabling MTU discovery.
1) each inet_peer struct consumes 192 bytes
2) inetpeer cache uses a binary tree of inet_peer structs,
with a nominal size of ~66000 elements under load.
3) lookups in this tree are hitting a lot of cache lines, as tree depth
is about 20.
4) If server deals with many tcp flows, we have a high probability of
not finding the inet_peer, allocating a fresh one, inserting it in
the tree with same initial ip_id_count, (cf secure_ip_id())
5) We garbage collect inet_peer aggressively.
IP ID generation do not have to be 'perfect'
Goal is trying to avoid duplicates in a short period of time,
so that reassembly units have a chance to complete reassembly of
fragments belonging to one message before receiving other fragments
with a recycled ID.
We simply use an array of generators, and a Jenkin hash using the dst IP
as a key.
ipv6_select_ident() is put back into net/ipv6/ip6_output.c where it
belongs (it is only used from this file)
secure_ip_id() and secure_ipv6_id() no longer are needed.
Rename ip_select_ident_more() to ip_select_ident_segs() to avoid
unnecessary decrement/increment of the number of segments.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change updates the enic driver to make use of __dev_uc_sync and
__dev_mc_sync calls. Previously the driver was doing its own list
management by storing the mc_addr and uc_addr list in a 32 address array.
With this change the sync data is stored in the netdev_addr_list structures
and instead we just track how many addresses we have written to the device.
When we encounter 32 we stop and print a message as occurred previously with
the old approach.
Other than the core change the only other bit needed was to propagate the
constant attribute with the MAC address as there were several spots where
is twas only passed as a u8 * instead of a const u8 *.
This patch is meant to maintain the original functionality without the use
of the mc_addr and uc_addr arrays.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch removed unnecessary spin_lock/unlock calls
in ethtool_ops callback functions. In the second and final version
of the patch one spin_lock call was left behind.
commit cab6715c3e
Author: Yang Wei <Wei.Yang@windriver.com>
Date: Sun May 25 09:53:44 2014 +0800
net: driver: stmicro: Remove some useless the lock protection
This introduced the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_ethtool.c:424:1: warning:
context imbalance in 'stmmac_get_pauseparam' -
different lock contexts for basic block
Signed-off-by: Emil Goode <emilgoode@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We shouldn't be using regulator_get_optional() here. These
regulators are always present as part of the physical design and
there isn't any way to use an internal regulator or change the
source of the reference voltage via software. Given that the only
users of this driver in the kernel are DT based, this change
should be transparent to them even if they don't specify any
supplies because the regulator framework will insert dummy
supplies as needed.
Cc: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 70a640d0da
("net/mlx4_en: Use affinity hint") and commit
c8865b64b0 ("cpumask: Utility function
to set n'th cpu - local cpu first") because these changes break
the build when SMP is disabled amongst other things.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We shouldn't be using regulator_get_optional() here. These
regulators are always present as part of the physical design and
there isn't any way to use an internal regulator or change the
source of the reference voltage via software. Given that the only
users of this driver in the kernel are DT based, this change
should be transparent to them even if they don't specify any
supplies because the regulator framework will insert dummy
supplies as needed.
Cc: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The “affinity hint” mechanism is used by the user space
daemon, irqbalancer, to indicate a preferred CPU mask for irqs.
Irqbalancer can use this hint to balance the irqs between the
cpus indicated by the mask.
We wish the HCA to preferentially map the IRQs it uses to numa cores
close to it. To accomplish this, we use cpumask_set_cpu_local_first(), that
sets the affinity hint according the following policy:
First it maps IRQs to “close” numa cores. If these are exhausted, the
remaining IRQs are mapped to “far” numa cores.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Atias <yuvala@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Kevin updates the i40e and i40evf driver i40e_check_asq_alive() to ensure
the length register offset is non-zero which indicates that the software
has initialized the admin queue. Also removes PCTYPE definitions which are
now reserved.
Mitch enables descriptor prefetch for rings belonging to the virtual function.
Also configures the VF minimum transmit rate to 50 Mbps rather than 0 which was
be interpreted as no limit at all. Mitch found in order for the VF to achieve
its programmed transmit rate, we need to set the max credit value to 4.
Lastly fixes a Tx hang and firmware crash that happens after setting the MTU
on a VF by not using the RESETTING state during reinit, this is because
the RESETTING state means that a catastrophic hardware bad thing is happening
and the driver needs to tiptoe around and not use the admin queue or registers.
A reinit is no big deal and we can use the admin queue (and we should) so
do not set the state to RESETTING during reinit to resolve the bug.
Akeem changes the declaration of the transmit and receive rings inside
several loops to eliminate declaring the same ring every time for the
duration of the loop and declares them just once before the loop. Also fixes
the driver to clear the recovery pending bit if pf_reset fails instead of
falling through the setup process.
Anjali makes a change based on feedback from Ben Hutchings that cmd->data
needs to be reported in ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT and use a helper function to
calculate the total filter count.
Jesse removes storm control since the storm control features are not apart
of the hardware and were mistakenly left in the code.
Greg changes tx_lpi_status and rx_lpi_status from bool to u32 to avoid
sparse errors.
Shannon adds the clear_pxe AdminQ API call to tell the firmware that the
driver is taking over from PXE. In addition, relaxes the firmware API
check to allow more flexibility in handling newer NICs and NVMs in the field.
Vasu ensures that FCoE is disabled for MFP modes since it is not supported
by overriding the hardware FCoE capability.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iEYEABECAAYFAlOFkZ4ACgkQjTAFq1RaXHOYCQCeJwwa8XQMw2HkGemGMBSpcUHb
MLwAoISCoqgrXWq/lBBzDqlVXik8fR4t
=gHVg
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-3.15-20140528' of git://gitorious.org/linux-can/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2014-05-28
here's a pull request for v3.15, hope it's not too late.
Oliver Hartkopp fixed a bug in the CAN led trigger device renaming code.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MCC async event processing code has 2 issues:
a) because of long struct names the code indentation is badly broken
b) description and definitions of how an MCC completion is interpreted as
an async event are confusing (for e.g. the last word of an MCC event is
named "code", while "code" is just a sub-field of the last word.)
This patch fixes the structure definitions, comments and re-factors code
as needed.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some FW cmds, the caller just issues the cmd and doesn't wait for a
response. The response handling is done in the MCCQ compl processing context
only. Move this code into a separate routine to make be_mcc_compl_process()
more manageable.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves MCCQ error status handling in the following ways:
a) A MCC cmd completion returns a base-status and an addl-status.
So far, the routine be_mcc_compl_process() returned only the "status" value.
Now, embedd both statuses in the return value and let the caller routine access
the value of interest using base_status() and addl_status() macros.
b) Rename variables accordingly (base/addl) to avoid confusion while error
checking.
b) Some of the errors returned by FW are harmless and so an error msg is not
logged for such errors. Capture this logic in a separate routine to make the
code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain new flash regions have been added to Skyhawk-R FW image. The newer
FW images specify op_types for each region. A region is flashed only
when it's CRC doesn't match that of the region on the HW flash. While
upgrading to a new FW image the driver is expected to tolerate certain
errors.
This patch re-factors code under be_flash() to support the above scheme.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skyhawk-R FW supports TX-rate setting only as a % value of the link
speed, set via the SET_PROFILE_CONFIG cmd.
This patch makes the necessary changes to the FW cmd descriptors to support
the above change and also introduces checks in be_set_vf_tx_rate() to allow
only discrete values (that map to % of the link-speed).
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set mc-promisc (multicast promiscuous) mode on an interface, only if it is
*not already* in that mode.
Also removed logs that report interface being set to multicast
promiscous mode. In an earlier comment on the netdev list such log messages
were deemed unnecessary as this behaviour is common across most of the
ethernet drivers.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this batch of updates intended for 3.16...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"Here I just have Heikki's rfkill GPIO cleanups.
The ARM/tegra patch is OK with the maintainer (Stephen). Let me know of
any problems."
and;
"We have a whole bunch of work on CSA by Andrei, Luca and Michal, but
unfortunately it doesn't seem quite complete yet so it's still disabled.
There's some TDLS work from Arik, and the rest is mostly minor fixes and
cleanups."
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"This is the NFC pull request for 3.16. We have:
- STMicroeectronics st21nfca support. The st21nfca is an HCI chipset and
thus relies on the HCI stack. This submission provides support for tag
redaer/writer mode (including Type 5) and device tree bindings.
- PM runtime support and a bunch of bug fixes for TI's trf7970a.
- Device tree support for NXP's pn544. Legacy platform data support is
obviously kept intact.
- NFC Tag type 4B support to the NFC Digital stack.
- SOCK_RAW type support to the raw NFC socket, and allow NCI
sniffing from that. This can be extended to report HCI frames and also
proprietarry ones like e.g. the pn533 ones."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"Eran continues to work on new devices, Eyal is still digging in
the rate control stuff, and Johannes added new functionality to the
debug system we have in place now along with a few cleanups he made
on the way. That's pretty much it."
and;
"Avri continues to work on the power code and Eran is improving the
NVM handling as a preparations for new devices on which he works
with Liad. Luca cleans up a bit the code while working on CSA. I have
the regular BT Coex stuff and a small lockdep fix. Johannes has his
regular amount of clean ups and improvements, the main one is the
ability to leave 2 chains open to improve diversity and hence the
throughput in high attenuation scenarios."
and;
"The regular amount of housekeeping here. I merged iwlwifi-fixes.git to
be able to add the patch you didn't want in wireless.git at that stage
of the -rc cycle. Luca has a few preparations for CSA implementation
and also what seems to be a bugfix for P2P but hasn't caused issues
we could notice."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"For ath10k Michal did various small fixes on how we handle
hardware/firmware problems and he also fixed two memory leaks."
Also included are a couple of pulls from the wireless tree to
avoid/resolve merge issues...
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The memory for private data is allocated using kzalloc/vzalloc in
alloc_netdev_mqs, thus there is no need to zero it again in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Acked-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use is_zero_ether_addr() to check for the MAC address being all zeros instead of
open coding the check.
Also use ether_addr_copy() instead of a manual memcpy() to set the
netdev->dev_addr.
Furthermore, get rid of a redundant assignment of netdev->addr_len. This is
already set by ether_setup() which is called in tile_net_setup().
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Acked-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bnx2x development team has transferred from Broadcom to Qlogic.
This patch updates some obsolete email addresses to usable ones.
The bnx2x files contain headers with legal information from
Broadcom. Qlogic Legal depratment is taking their time coming up
with their own legal info. So this patch only updates contact
information. I will follow up with a patch for the headers once I
have the required info.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when system suspend, need to set pins to low power state to
save IO power consumption, there are three states of pinctrl:
"default", "idle" and "sleep". Currently enet supports default
and sleep state.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reset the GIDs assigned to a VF in the port RoCE GID table when
that guest goes down (either crashes or goes down cleanly).
As part of this fix, we refactor the RoCE gid table driver copy,
moving it to the mlx4_port_info structure (together with the MAC
and VLAN tables).
As with the MAC and VLAN tables, we now use a mutex per port
for the GID table so that modifying the driver copy and
modifying the firmware copy of a port GID table becomes an
atomic operation (thus avoiding driver-copy/FW-copy mismatches).
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Aggreagation of version 1-2 because of version 1 can hit
PLB errors too. If it's not set so we missing events for PLB bits
and driver can't process those interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@ru.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In chips of emac/rgmii b'000' for 0/1 channel isn't suitable which
resulted in non working network interface in this mode.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan@ru.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This issue was reported by coccicheck using the semantic patch
at scripts/coccinelle/api/memdup.cocci
Signed-off-by: Benoit Taine <benoit.taine@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Division of a 32 bit number by a 64 bit number causes the following link
error introduced by
7c2ce6e60f "enic: Add support for adaptive interrupt coalescing"
drivers/built-in.o: In function `enic_poll_msix':
enic_main.c:(.text+0x48710a): undefined reference to `__udivdi3'
make: *** [vmlinux] Error 1
Since numerator is 32 bit, convert denominator to 32 bit accordingly.
Fixes: 7c2ce6e60f ("enic: Add support for adaptive interrupt coalescing")
Reported-by: Jim Davis <jim.epost@gmail.com>
Cc: Christian Benvenuti <benve@cisco.com>
Cc: Sujith Sankar <ssujith@cisco.com>
Cc: Neel Patel <neepatel@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iEYEABECAAYFAlOC70IACgkQjTAFq1RaXHPjywCcCrq9+i+L9ZF9vgSBymcXz6ml
RToAnRUwc6O5htRG85AMefZaed3Drz4C
=3xv6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-3.16-20140526' of git://gitorious.org/linux-can/linux-can-next
Add new xilinx CAN driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves data allocated using kzalloc to managed data allocated
using devm_kzalloc and cleans now unnecessary kfrees in probe and remove
functions. Also, linux/device.h is added to make sure the devm_*()
routine declarations are unambiguously available.
The following Coccinelle semantic patch was used for making the change:
@platform@
identifier p, probefn, removefn;
@@
struct platform_driver p = {
.probe = probefn,
.remove = removefn,
};
@prb@
identifier platform.probefn, pdev;
expression e, e1, e2;
@@
probefn(struct platform_device *pdev, ...) {
<+...
- e = kzalloc(e1, e2)
+ e = devm_kzalloc(&pdev->dev, e1, e2)
...
?-kfree(e);
...+>
}
@rem depends on prb@
identifier platform.removefn;
expression e;
@@
removefn(...) {
<...
- kfree(e);
...>
}
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Compile-Tested-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The handling of MLX4_QP_ST_MLX in verify_qp_parameters() was
accidentally put inside the inner switch statement (that handles which
transition of RC/UC/XRC QPs is happening). Fix this by moving the case
to the outer switch statement.
The compiler pointed this out with:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c: In function 'verify_qp_parameters':
>> drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:2875:3: warning: case value '7' not in enumerated type 'enum qp_transition' [-Wswitch]
case MLX4_QP_ST_MLX:
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: 99ec41d0a4 ("mlx4: Add infrastructure for selecting VFs to enable QP0 via MLX proxy QPs")
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Print message if no events received. This should not happen.
If it is, it points to the problem in firmware.
Track also cases when multiple events processed in one IRQ
Print information as soon as possible - mbox pointers and
event header right after reading it. This helps to identify potential
problem with memory allocation for the event buffer.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit adds the sysfs interface for enabling QP0 on VFs for
selected VF/port.
By default, no VFs are enabled for QP0 operation.
To enable QP0 operation on a VF/port, under
/sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_x/iov/<b:d:f>/ports/x there are two new entries:
- smi_enabled (read-only). Indicates whether smi is currently
enabled for the indicated VF/port
- enable_smi_admin (rw). Used by the admin to request that smi
capability be enabled or disabled for the indicated VF/port.
0 = disable, 1 = enable.
The requested enablement will occur at the next reset of the
VF (e.g. driver restart on the VM which owns the VF).
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
This commit adds the infrastructure for enabling selected VFs to
operate SMI (QP0) MADs without restriction.
Additionally, for these enabled VFs, their QP0 proxy and tunnel QPs
are MLX QPs. As such, they operate over VL15. Therefore, they are
not affected by "credit" problems or changes in the VLArb table (which
may shut down VL0).
Non-enabled VFs may only create UD proxy QP0 qps (which are forced by
the hypervisor to send packets using the q-key it assigns and places
in the qp-context). Thus, non-enabled VFs will not pose a security
risk. The hypervisor discards any privileged MADs it receives from
these non-enabled VFs.
By default, all VFs are NOT enabled, and must explicitly be enabled
by the administrator.
The sysfs interface which operates the VF enablement infrastructure
is provided in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Currently, VFs in SRIOV VFs are denied QP0 access. The main reason
for this decision is security, since Subnet Management Datagrams
(SMPs) are not restricted by network partitioning and may affect the
physical network topology. Moreover, even the SM may be denied access
from portions of the network by setting management keys unknown to the
SM.
However, it is desirable to grant SMI access to certain privileged
VFs, so that certain network management activities may be conducted
within virtual machines instead of the hypervisor.
This commit does the following:
1. Create QP0 tunnel QPs for all VFs.
2. Discard SMI mads sent-from/received-for non-privileged VFs in the
hypervisor MAD multiplex/demultiplex logic. SMI mads from/for
privileged VFs are allowed to pass.
3. MAD_IFC wrapper changes/fixes. For non-privileged VFs, only
host-view MAD_IFC commands are allowed, and only for SMI LID-Routed
GET mads. For privileged VFs, there are no restrictions.
This commit does not allow privileged VFs as yet. To determine if a VF
is privileged, it calls function mlx4_vf_smi_enabled(). This function
returns 0 unconditionally for now.
The next two commits allow defining and activating privileged VFs.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Commit eb17711bc1 ("net/mlx4_core: Introduce nic_info new flag in
QUERY_FUNC_CAP") did:
if (func_cap->flags1 & QUERY_FUNC_CAP_FLAGS1_OFFSET) {
which should be:
if (func_cap->flags1 & QUERY_FUNC_CAP_FLAGS1_FORCE_VLAN) {
Fix that.
Fixes: eb17711bc1 ("net/mlx4_core: Introduce nic_info new flag in QUERY_FUNC_CAP")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Fix a few memory leaks that happen if errors happen in SR-IOV mode.
Signed-off-by: Dotan Barak <dotanb@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Add a function to walk the list of subnodes of a mdio bus and look for
a node that matches the phy's address with its 'reg' property. If found,
set the of_node pointer for the phy. This allows auto-probed pyh
devices to be augmented by information passed in via DT.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <zonque@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the config option is gone, the driver needs to be converted
over to using the dynamic_debug infrastructure, like all other USB
drivers have been already.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A check for CONFIG_AUTOSUSPEND was included in this driver when it was
added in v2.6.39. But that Kconfig symbol doesn't exist. Remove that
check and the single line it hides.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 does not support WDS and DFS with channel context
drivers. So advertise these features only when the driver is not
supporting channel context and modparam "use_chanctx" is introduced
for preparing channel context support in ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If host sleep parameter gap is set to 0xff, firmware will wait
for an ack from host to confirm the success of host wakeup.
This prevents firmware from uploading data packet before host
actually wakes up.
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Current implementation sets tdls_link flag only while restoring
packets from TDLS queue. If traffic to peer starts after TDLS is
setup, there is no way to set TDLS link flag to true. Do this
while creating RA list and we confirm that there exist a TDLS
peer for which setup is complete.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[113.967694] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference
at virtual address 00000020
............
[113.967859] PC is at mwifiex_update_rxreor_flags+0xfc/0x430
............
[113.968110] mwifiex_update_rxreor_flags+0xfc/0x430
[113.968129] mwifiex_handle_event_ext_scan_report+0x1e4/0x21c
[113.968148] mwifiex_process_sta_event+0x410/0x508
[113.968165] mwifiex_process_event+0x184/0x1e0
[113.968181] mwifiex_main_process+0x220/0x48c
[113.968197] mwifiex_sdio_interrupt+0xc8/0x1cc
[113.968210] sdio_irq_thread+0x11c/0x290
In case of legacy scan, adapter->curr_cmd is guranteed to be
non-NULL in check_next_scan_cmd. This may not be case in
extended scan where scan command response would come earlier and
set curr_cmd to NULL. Extended scan event comes later and while
trying to complete IOCTL for scan, driver would crash in
dereferencing adapter->curr_cmd->wait_q_enabled.
Avoid this by completing IOCTL in case of legacy scans only.
Internal scan would be completed while handling extended scan
command response.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Broadcom's wl 6.30.223.141 has some optimizations for radios 0x205[67].
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
PHY has to be often re-initialized (e.g. during band switching after PHY
reset), however some operations have to be performed only once (only
power reset affects them).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of receiving frame with sequence number far greater than current,
wil_release_reorder_frames() will iterate many times over empty buffer.
Optimize this case by checking buffer emptiness and simply update
head_seq_num without iterating.
Suggested-by: Vladimir Shulman <Vladimir.Shulman@Wilocity.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
use proper format %pad for the dma_addr_t arguments;
prefix %p with 0x, as %p don't print is by itself
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If scan has not finished in some reasonable time (10sec), interpret it as
if firmware error occurs but was not reported. Firmware should report
scan completion for every scan request, so it is error condition indeed.
Perform firmware recovery procedure.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Provide clear definition of the watermarks for the vring descriptor space.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case there is something fundamentally wrong with the firmware
(example: RF cable disconnected), FW will always crash immediately
after reset. This leads to infinite fw error recovery loop.
Count consecutive unsuccessful error recovery attempts in a short period
of time, and stop doing recovery after some reasonable count.
It is still possible to manually reset fw doing
interface down/up sequence.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Obey 802.11 spec that defines max. data size 7920 bytes
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
pm_lock is taken twice while syncing HW TSF of p2p vif.
Fix this by taking the lock at caller side.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The USB driver was using a list for firmware info that was
used in suspend/resume scenario. Now that brcmfmac is using
the asynchronous firmware request this is no longer needed.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The USB bus driver always configured an USB intr EP urb. The
driver did not use the result at all and with newer firmware it is
causing continues errors on this EP.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The max buffer size for receiving control message from dongle needs to be
increased considering possible block padding. Otherwise some big control
message can't be received due to buffer overrun check.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware channel specification is a bitfield using a
16-bit integer, but only 14 lsb are used. Upon encoding
this value assure all 16 bits are cleared.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_fw_nvram_strip() is no longer called so
it does not need to be exposed.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds use of asynchronous firmware request to
the driver USB layer.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds use of asynchronous firmware request to
the driver SDIO layer.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The driver needs firmware to be loaded to the device, which
is done through the firmware class API. The synchronous call
request_firmware() need root filesystem to be mounted and/or
user-mode helper. These may not be avaliable on the moment
it is called. Instead use request_firmware_nowait().
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The resume callbacks do partly the same a the probe callback
so put common code in separate function for use in the callbacks.
This also fixes suspend/resume regression introduced by
brcmfmac: remove .init() callback for internal bus interface
The .init() callback was the first function called by the common
bus function brcmf_bus_start(). Given that it is not really
necessary and the bus layer can call it before calling the
brcmf_bus_start() function.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_detach() checks whether it needs to do his stuff
or can return immediately. No need to have the same check in the
calling code.
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware processing will be modified to use asynchronous request
firmware api. In preparation this patch is simple rename of source
and header file to which the functionality will be added.
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The .init() callback was the first function called by the common
bus function brcmf_bus_start(). Given that it is not really
necessary and the bus layer can call it before calling the
brcmf_bus_start() function.
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function chandef_to_chanspec() was added by
brcmfmac: determine chanspec from struct cfg80211_chan_def info
The struct cfg80211_chan_def contains additional info to derive the
bandwidth and side-band information of the chanspec. This patch adds
chandef_to_chanspec() function used in IBSS join and starting AP
operation.
However, it introduced a sparse warning because the function
is only called from within the source file wl_cfg80211.c.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Before informing cfg80211 about the scan status the device should
be put back in mpc state. If done after user-space may initiate
another (scheduled) scan and fail because scan is still busy as
shown in logging below:
[ 3301.367376] brcmfmac: brcmf_fweh_event_worker event ESCAN_RESULT (69)
[ 3301.377305] brcmfmac: brcmf_fweh_event_worker version 2 flags 0 status 0
[ 3301.384993] brcmutil: event payload, len=12
[ 3301.389208] 00000000: 0c 00 00 00 6d 00 00 00 34 12 00 00
[ 3301.389214] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_kso_control Enter: on=0
[ 3301.402196] brcmfmac: brcmf_inform_bss scanned AP count (0)
[ 3301.407808] brcmfmac: brcmf_notify_escan_complete Enter
[ 3301.413064] brcmfmac: brcmf_notify_escan_complete ESCAN Completed scan: Done
[ 3301.420137] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_bus_txctl Enter
[ 3301.420368] brcmfmac: brcmf_cfg80211_sched_scan_start Enter
[ 3301.420370] brcmfmac: brcmf_cfg80211_sched_scan_start:
Scanning already: status (1)
[ 3301.440190] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_kso_control Enter: on=1
[ 3301.448695] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_tx_ctrlframe Enter
[ 3301.453662] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_bus_rxctl Enter
[ 3301.458326] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_isr Enter
[ 3301.462523] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_dpc Enter
[ 3301.466632] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_readframes Enter
[ 3301.471431] brcmfmac: brcmf_sdio_read_control Enter
[ 3301.476340] brcmfmac: brcmf_set_mpc MPC : 1
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a regular scan does not return any networks user-space does
request a scheduled scan without any matchset or ssid. This can
not be handled by the firmware so we return -EINVAL. However, as
this request is done let us not add an error message to the log.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This issue was reported by coccicheck using the semantic patch
at scripts/coccinelle/api/memdup.cocci
Signed-off-by: Benoit Taine <benoit.taine@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To be future-proof and for better readability the time comparisons are
modified to use time_after() instead of plain, error-prone math.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Schölling <manuel.schoelling@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently the driver uses HW encryption.
Whenever mac80211 calls the set_key() callback the driver restarts the
whole HW configuration procedure, in order to set (also) the new
WEP key.
However, by doing this, it causes the card to loose association information,
and the HW becomes unable to communicate with the BSS.
This patch adds support for sending another HW command, that sets only
the wep key, instead of resetting all.
Mac80211 key-set requests are thus handled via this new command.
Tested on my at76c503
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Loading the driver with DMA debugging enabled makes the kernel to complain
about the ehci driver trying to perform DMA from memory from the stack.
[ 9848.229514] WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 627 at lib/dma-debug.c:1153 check_for_stack+0xa4/0xf0()
[ 9848.237678] ehci-pci 0000:00:04.1: DMA-API: device driver maps memory fromstack [addr=ffff88006c80da01]
This is due to at76c50x-usb driver passing buffers allocated on the stack to
the USB layer, that attempts DMA. This occurs is several places.
This patch fixes the problem by allocating those buffers via kmalloc.
Since this adds some kfree() before leaving a couple of functions, I caught the
occasion to clean-up the exit path on error.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The commit "ath9k: fix possible hang on flush" changed the receive code
to always link rx descriptors of processed frames, even when flushing.
In some cases, this leads to flushed rx buffers being passed to the
hardware while rx is already stopped.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make DFS pulse interval calculation independent
from CONFIG_ATH9K_DEBUGFS.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the rsi_create_kthread interface does not include any format
string arguments, make sure that the resulting thread name can never
accidentally process the name as a format string.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As long as the Firmware isn't reporting a higher API major version number
than what the driver knows about, the driver does not need to worry as
much about greater minor numbers. The API changes minor numbers when
things get added to the API, but no existing structs or calls are changed.
The driver has the option of warning that the minor numbers don't match.
This will allow a little more flexibility in handling newer NICs and NVMs
in the field.
Change-ID: I5302acd2d147a2992328991ee7223b2ff39c8741
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RESETTING state means that a Catastrophic Hardware Bad Thing is
happening and the driver need to tiptoe around and not use the admin
queue or registers or anything like that.
On the other hand, a reinit is no big deal and we can use the admin
queue, and we should. So don't set the state to RESETTING here.
This fixes a Tx hang and FW crash that happens after setting the MTU on
a VF.
Change-ID: I3e6191edbd6a93958a1f1bd1d41a5c2d17474d41
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently FCoE is not supported with MFP modes, so this patch
makes sure it is disabled.
It is disabled by overriding HW FCoE capability, so that later
it can be re-enabled by just the SW upgrade.
Change-ID: I1c0bae5c099b209f56b88bda360031a8565e43e8
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-By: Jack Morgan <jack.morgan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the clear_pxe AdminQ API call.
Change-ID: Ia770ff3404971bb3889b53a39c3a7bfaf3f4d399
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kavindya Deegala <kavindya.s.deegala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If pf_reset failed, it becomes necessary to clear recovery pending bit, instead
of falling through the setup process.
Change-ID: Ic1611e6a32741fe3a2782ec7be173cb65e7492ed
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
tx_lpi_status and rx_lpi_status are declared as bool but then used in sizeof
operations in the CORE driver code. Make them u32 to make sparse be quiet.
Change-ID: Iad6daeb1c7149e61ece242acd18c64b320c246a3
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The storm control features are not part of the hardware
and mistakenly were left in the code. Remove them as
they are not needed any more.
Change-ID: I6e9277c8da2c52e69348a657bae25271449c2099
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kavindya Deegala <kavindya.s.deegala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have a function to calculate this, so update the code to use the function.
Change-ID: Ia345b6fe6ec7f0b2dcf1199471b0d0f959ad3908
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kavindya Deegala <kavindya.s.deegala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Based on review feedback from upstream cmd->data is not
defined in ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRULE but needs to be reported in
ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT. Also use a helper function to calculate the total
filter count.
Change-ID: Iaacbf729527b73290c4fdad837b379b44fd7dd20
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Patch to remove PCTYPE definitions which are now reserved.
Change-ID: I66c1c16a45a16f4894b2983101ab2a48ce03f1f4
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <jamesx.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the declaration of Tx/Rx rings inside several loops. It
eliminates declaring the same rings every time for the duration of the loop,
instead declaring them once before the loop.
Change-ID: I59dea54276f18c47dca522f520c18f65fe42a15d
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kavindya Deegala <kavindya.s.deegala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order for the VF to achieve its programmed Tx rate, we need to set
the max credits value to 4. While we're at it, get rid of some magic
numbers.
Change-ID: I4f17b4d3a90f1e069bdd134a543f0aa22feac3a9
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Because the hardware configures VF Tx rates in increments of 50 Mbps,
values smaller than that would be rounded down to 0, which was
interpreted as no limit at all. Rather than do this, we round up to 50
Mbps and notify the user.
Change-ID: I5275848233fe7514cf93e11323661c68f4c38737
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As recommended by the hardware guys, enable descriptor prefetch for
rings belonging to VFs. This matches a change already made for ring
belonging to the PF.
Change-ID: Idcc4dc7064bc9144ea81f5701ad07b7ecd11ba49
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the i40e_check_asq_alive check to ensure that the len register
offset is non-zero, indicating that SW has initialized the AQ.
Change-ID: I9c2e804788b4775bef9c7e80954ab004e6bdb306
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kavindya Deegala <kavindya.s.deegala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The patch stores iova, pd and size during mr creation and after UMRs
that modify them. It removes the unused access flags field.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Eran <haggaie@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Commit a1ef7bd9fc ("can: rename LED trigger name on netdev renames") renames
the led trigger names according to the changed netdevice name.
As not every CAN driver supports and initializes the led triggers, checking for
the CAN private datastructure with safe_candev_priv() in the notifier chain is
not enough.
This patch adds a check when CONFIG_CAN_LEDS is enabled and the driver does not
support led triggers.
For stable 3.9+
Cc: Fabio Baltieri <fabio.baltieri@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Acked-by: Kurt Van Dijck <dev.kurt@vandijck-laurijssen.be>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This prevents leaving incomplete scatter-gather
transfer on CE rings which can lead firmware to
crash.
Reported-By: Avery Pennarun <apenwarr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible to read invalid state of CE ring
buffer indexes. This could lead to scatter-gather
transfer failure in mid-way and crash firmware
later by leaving garbage data on the ring.
Reported-By: Avery Pennarun <apenwarr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It seems ath10k firmware gives us no way to know
the rssi for rx-fragments.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
FW creates self-peer for AP internally.
This prevents ath10k from trying to create
explicit self-peer during hw recovery and thus
prevents a timeout and a warning during teardown:
ath10k: removing stale peer $AP_BSSID from vdev_id 0
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
All configuration sequences should be protected
with conf_mutex to avoid concurrent/conflicting
requests.
This should make sure that wep tx key setup is not
performed while hw is restarted (at least).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes sure no further tx requests are
submitted to HTT before driver teardown.
This should prevent invalid pointer/NULL
dereference on htt tx pool in ath10k_htt_tx() in
some cases of heavy traffic.
kvalo: remove the WARN_ON() if conf_mutex is held
Reported-By: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reduces risk of races and prepares for more
hw restart fixes.
It also makes sense to perform teardown after
mac80211 starts its restart routine as it
guarantees it has stopped itself by then
(including tx queues).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes failpath when override AC pdev param
setup fails and makes other pdev params setting
fail as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the is_multicast_ether_addr helper function from linux/etherdevice.h
instead of open coding the multicast address check.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the is_broadcast_ether_addr/is_multicast_ether_addr helper functions
from linux/etherdevice.h instead of open coding them.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
One of the registers used to power down the PHY was found to be wrong
(should be bit 2 not bit 1) on further inspection it was also found to
be redundant.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Out of lining these two common inlines saves about 30k text size,
due to their errata workarounds.
14131431 2008136 1507328 17646895 10d452f vmlinux-before-e1000e
14101415 2004040 1507328 17612783 10cbfef vmlinux-e1000e
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, the update_phy_task was only calling e1000_set_eee_pchlan()
for phy.type 82579. This patch is to cause this function to be called
for 82579 and newer phy.types. This causes the dev_spec->eee_lp_ability
to have the correct value when going into SX states.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <davidx.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <davidx.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to a synchronization error, the value read from SYSTIML/SYSTIMH
might be incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, the check to turn on promiscuous mode only took into account
the total number of SHared Receive Address (SHRA) registers and if the
request was for a register within that range. It is possible that the
Management Engine might have locked a number of SHRA and not allowed a
new address to be written to the requested register.
Add a function to determine the number of unlocked SHRA registers. Then
determine if the number of registers available is sufficient for our needs,
if not then return -ENOMEM so that UNICAST PROMISC mode is activated.
Since the method by which ME claims SHRA registers is non-deterministic,
also add a return value to the function attempting to write an address
to a SHRA, and return a -E1000_ERR_CONFIG if the write fails. The error
will be passed up the function chain and allow the driver to also set
UNICAST PROMISC when this happens.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <davidx.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
